Professional Documents
Culture Documents
r ......._TR_A_N_SM_Is_s_IO_N_II_R_A_N_sA_x_L_E_. . . . I_9_.cr5_~oN____I
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL TRANSAXLE
[FS5A-EL] ................ 05-02A [A65M-R] ................ 05-15B
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC MANUALTRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL] ............... 05-02B [A26MX-R] ............... 05-15C
SYMPTOM MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT
TROUBLESHOOTING MECHANISM ............. 05-16
[FS5A-EL] ................ 05-03A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE -
SYMPTOM [FS5A-EL] ............... 05-17A -
TROUBLESHOOTING AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
[AW6A-EL] ............... 05-03B [AW6A-EL] ............... 05-17B
CLUTCH .................. 05-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MANUALTRANSAXLE MECHANISM ............. 05-18
[G35M-R] ................. 05-15A TECHNICAL DATA .......... 05-50
SERVICE TOOLS ........... 05-60
05-02A-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W57
TCM
B+
M RANGE SWITCH
DOWN SWITCH
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID A
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INPUT/TURBINE PCM
SPEED SENSOR
B+ ABS/TCS HU/CM
E6U503AW5003
05-02A-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
FOREWORD [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W58
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), AT warning
light indication, and TCM memory for diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according
, to the following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC. (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
If no DTC exists, the MIL does not illuminate, and AT warning light does not illuminate. Diagnose the
applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03A-5 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE
[FS5A-EL].)
VALIDATE CONCERN
I
WARNING LIGHT*
ON /FLASHING
'
NO WARNING LIGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
INSPECT FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
,, t
DTC
TEST '
INSPECT DTC
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
I
t NO DTC
B3E0502W001
DLC-2
05-02A-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W60
Caution
After repairing a malfunction, perform the following procedure to verify that the malfunction haE
been corrected.
When performing this procedure, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention to
the other vehicles.
05-02A-4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
J734 Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed {TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D or M range, 4GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
P0735 Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle {THOP PID}: 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: DorM range, from 1GR to 5GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
P0741 Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
P0742 Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID} is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0744, P0753, iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR and TCC
P0758, P0763, is operated.
P0768, P0773, iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
P0778, P0841 , v. Start the engine.
P1783, P2709 vi. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR and TCC
is operated.
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0745
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range.
iv. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 15 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
Turbine speed {TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
P0751 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 15 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Selector lever position: D range
iv. Depress the brake pedal.
.J752 v. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
vi. Start the engine.
vii. Selector lever position: D range
viii. Depress the brake pedal.
ix. Go to Step 5.
05-02A-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX. -
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
P0756 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 2GR and 4GR
P0757, P0766 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 28 km/h {17 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 2GR and 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR and 2GR
P0761 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID}: 4.14% or more
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PI D): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 1GR and 2GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PID}: 225-4,987 rpm
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
P0762 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID}: 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Differential gear case (output) revolution speed (OSS PID): 35 rpm or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
05-02A-6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
- ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
P0767 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
P0771 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions for 5 s or more.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60-100 km/h {38-62 mph}
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 70 km/h {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
- Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
P0772 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi . Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 kmlh {43 mph} or less
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Selector lever position: D range, 4GR
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D) is 6.25% or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) is within 3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle is at closed throttle position and 5 s or more have passed.
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
P0777 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
P0791
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range at 40 kmlh {25 mph} or more for 4.5 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
05-02A-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC No. inspection
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX. -
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR or 4GR
P2707 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PID): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 3GR or 4GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
P2708 iv. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
v. Start the engine.
vi. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions 4 times or more.
Turbine speed (TSS PI D): 225-4,987 rpm
Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14% or more
Selector lever position: D range, 5GR
vii. Go to Step 5.
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Depress the brake pedal.
P0894
iv. Throttle opening angle at closed throttle position.
v. Shift the selector lever from the N position to the D range and hold for 3 s or more.
vi. Go to Step 6.
AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
illuminates
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 ON YES 2 CCM X 11 DTC P0706
performance
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input ON YES 1 CCM X 12 DTC P0707
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input ON YES 2 CCM X 14 DTC P0708
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0711 ON NO 2 CCM X 16 DTC P0711
range/performance (stuck)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0712 ON YES 1 CCM X 17 DTC P0712
malfunction (short to ground)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 ON YES 1 CCM X 19 DTC P0713
malfunction (open circuit)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-G2A-
P0715 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 21 DTC P071 f
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0720 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 23 DTC P0720
[FS5A-EL].)
05-02A-8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
- illuminates
(See 05-02A-
.'0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 25 DTC P0731
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 27 DTC P0732
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 29 DTC P0733
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 31 DTC P0734
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) OFF YES 1 CCM X 31 DTC P0734
P0741
P0742
Torque converter clutch (TCC) (stuck off)
OFF
YES
YES
1
1
CCM
CCM
X
X
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
35 DTC P0741
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
37 DTC P0742
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0744 Slip control malfunction OFF YES 2 CCM X 39 DTC P0744
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0745 Pressure control solenoid A malfunction OFF YES 1 CCM X 40 DTC P0745
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
'0751 Shift solenoid A stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 42 DTC P0751
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0752 Shift solenoid A stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 44 DTC P0752
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0753 Shift solenoid A malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 46 DTC P0753
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0756 Shift solenoid B stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 48 DTC P0756
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0757 Shift solenoid B stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 50 DTC P0757
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0758 Shift solenoid B malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 52 DTC P0758
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0761 Shift solenoid C stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 54 DTC P0761
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0762 Shift solenoid C stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 56 DTC P0762
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0763 Shift solenoid C malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 58 DTC P0763
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0766 Shift solenoid D stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 60 DTC P0766
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
I P0767 Shift solenoid D stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 62 DTC P0767
[FS5A-EL].)
05-02A-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
AT warning
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL light DC Page
item function
illuminates
(See 05-02A-
P0768 Shift solenoid D malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 64 DTC P076&
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0771 Shift solenoid E stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 66 DTC P0771
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0772 Shift solenoid E stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 68 DTC P0772
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0773 Shift solenoid E malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 70 DTC P0773
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0777 Pressure control solenoid B stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 72 DTC P0777
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
P0778 ON YES 1 CCM X 74 DTC P0778
(electrical)
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0791 Intermediate sensor circuit malfunction ON YES 1 CCM X 76 DTC P0791
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2A-
P0841 Oil pressure switch circuit malfunction OFF NO 2 CCM X 79 DTC P0841
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0882 Battery back-up power supply circuit malfunction ON NO 1 CCM X 81 DTC P0882
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P0894 Forward clutch torque transmission OFF YES 1 CCM X 83 DTC P089"
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P1783 ATF high oil temperature malfunction OFF YES 1 CCM X 83 DTC P1783
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2707 Shift solenoid F stuck off ON YES 2 CCM X 85 DTC P2707
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2708 Shift solenoid F stuck on ON YES 2 CCM X 87 DTC P2708
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02A-
P2709 Shift solenoid F malfunction (electrical) ON YES 1 CCM X 89 DTC P2709
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN system communication error
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 Communication error to PCM
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
05-02A-10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0706 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W62
TR switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
TR switch misadjustment
CAUSE
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Adjust the TR switch, then go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 05-17A-17 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Disconnect the TR switch connector. ADJUSTMENT [FS5A-EL] .)
Inspect for resistance between TR switch No Replace the TR switch, then go to the next step .
terminals Band C (part-side). (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Is the resistance normal? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0706 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (D and R) for
100 s or more under the following conditions:
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0707 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W63
TCM
TRSWITCH @
rr
2W I2U I2S 20120 2M 12K
><
21
l
2G 2E l2c 2A
2X I2V I2T 2R I2P 2N I2L 2J 2H 2F I2D 28
05-02A-12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair terminals or replace the TR switch, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TR switch connector. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Inspect for poor connection at TR switch REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
terminals Band C (part-side) (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Are TR switch terminals normal?
4 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the TR switch, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TR switch connector. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Inspect for resistance between TR switch REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
terminals Band C (part-side).
Is the resistance normal?
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals 2H
and 20 (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?
6 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to ground,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between TR switch No Go to the next step .
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short circuit, then
CIRCUIT go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TR switch No Go to the next step.
terminals 8 and C (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0707 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle for 100 s or more under the
following conditions:
-Engine speed (RPM PID): 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0708 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W64
TCM
TRSWITCH @ ~ ....
@
@ ([)
,c,..,, //1-::':\
,,,g~
~ v
I (
f)) @ @
g,
~
TR SWITCH WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
rr ><
21 12G 2E 2C 2A
2X J2V j2T 2R I 2P 2N 2L 2J j2H 2F 2D 28
05-02A-14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair terminals or replace the TR switch, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Disconnect the TR switch connector. REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are TR switch terminals normal?
4 INSPECT TR SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between TR switch No Replace the TR switch , then go to Step 9.
terminals Band C (part-side). (See 05-17A-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Is the resistance normal? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Repair or replace the terminal, then go to step 9.
CONNECTION No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection at terminals 2H
and 20 (such as damaged/pulled-out pins,
corrosion).
Is there any malfunction?
6 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for short to power
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY supply, then go to Step 9.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage between TR switch terminal
C and (wiring harness-side) body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
7 INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit, then
Inspect for continuity between TR switch go to step 9 .
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal 2H.
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT TR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit, then
Inspect for continuity between TR switch go to the next step.
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal 20.
Is there continuity?
9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0708 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle for 100 s or more under the
following conditions:
- Engine speed (RPM PID) 530 rpm or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
0 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
- Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0711 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W 65
DTC P0711 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit range/performance (stuck)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- When 180 s have passed after the engine is started, vehicle is driven for 90 s or more at vehicle spee,
between 25-59 km/h {15-36 mph}, then 60 km/h {37 mph} or more for 60 s or more.
- P0712, P0713 not output
-Variation in ATF voltage 0.03 V or less
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light does not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TFT SENSOR VOLTAGE Yes Go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to the next step.
(engine off).
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M .
Record terminal 2M voltage .
Start the engine .
Drive the vehicle at 60 km/h {37 mph} or more
for 330 s or more.
Record terminal 2M voltage again .
Is the variation in voltage 0.03 V or more?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Repair or replace the terminals, then go to the next step.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect terminals for corrosion .
Are terminals normal?
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0711 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
oc
Decrease ATF temperature to 20 {68 F} or
less.
Start the engine and wait for 180 s or more .
Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed between
25-59 km/h {15-36 mph} for 90 s or more.
Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed 60 km/h
{37 mph} or more for 60 s or more.
Is the PENDING CODE present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. (
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed. -
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0712 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W66
DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
If the TCM detects either of the following conditions for 150 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT
sensor circuit has a malfunction.
- TFT sensor voltage 0.06 V or less and vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal E
POSSIBLE Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal H
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal E and TCM terminal 2M '
Damaged connectors between TFT sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
ATX ......
@
~
TFT SENSOR @) @
(]) //c-.
@ \..E.)//
""~
>
-1--
"@
~~~,#~-----------~~T~?a
~----------~ ~------------~
05-02A-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See 01-03A-7 INTERMITIENT CONCERN
(engine off). TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
Inspect the voltage at TCM terminal 2M. No Go to the next step .
Is the voltage 0.06 V or more?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL CONDITION Yes Repair or replace the terminals, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. If the terminals cannot be repaired, replace the wiring
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) . harness, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/ No Go to the next step.
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are the terminals bent?
5 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to Step 8.
(engine off).
Verify that the voltage changes to 4.67 V or
more at TCM terminal 2M when transaxle
connector (primary) is disconnected.
Does the voltage change?
6 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 8.
TO GROUND No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle (See 05-17A-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
connector (primary) terminals (transaxle case (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
side) and body ground.
- E and body ground
- H and body ground
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal E (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0712 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following condition
for 150 s or more.
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more.
Is the same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0713 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W67
DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature {TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 150 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor
circuit has a malfunction.
- TFT sensor voltage 4.67 V or more and vehicle speed 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal E
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and transaxle connector (primary) terminal H
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal E and TCM terminal 2M
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal H and TCM terminal 20
Damaged connectors between TFT sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
ATX .......
..?-
TFT SENSOR 1~@ //t:";")
@CD ~
~ ~1H.nr---------~~M~--+-~
@Y'
-- ~
>
-1- lA\
~
'--------'
I ~11)---,~
'----------'
2W I 2U I 2S 2Q I 20 2M _I 2K
2X I 2V I 2T 2R I 2P 2N I2L 2J I 2H 2F I2D I 28
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (See 01-03A-71NTERMITIENT CONCERN
(engine off). TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M . No Go to the next step.
Is the voltage 4.67 V or less?
05-02A-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go --
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Inspect transaxle connector (primary)
connection.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position No Go to Step 7.
(engine off).
Measure the voltage at TCM terminal 2M when
connect between transaxle connector (primary)
terminals E and H (wiring harness-side) using
jumper wire.
Verify that voltage changes to 0.06 V or less .
Does the voltage change?
6 INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Replace the TFT sensor, then go to Step 10.
CIRCUIT (See 05-17A-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
Inspect for continuity between transaxle {TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
connector (primary) terminals (transaxle case No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
side) E and H.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Connect the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal E (vehicle wiring harness-
side).
Is the voltage 5 V?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal H (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0713 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following condition
for 150 s or more.
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D) 20 kmlh {12 mph}
or more.
Is the same DTC present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR I
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? 1
05-02A-20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0715 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W68
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 21
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 2K
CAUSE
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal B and TCM terminal 21
Damaged connectors between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
@@
@
B
INPUT!TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
@A @@
~--------~~---------u~CK
,,, ~~~~----~
(J)
~
.
~
~ 2W I 2U I 2S 20 I 20 2M I2K
2X I 2V I 2T 2R I 2P 2N I2L
21 I 2G 2E I 2C I 2A
2J I 2H 2F I 2D I 28
~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
r Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS Yes Go to the intermittent concern troubleshooting procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Start the engine.
(See 01-Q3A-7 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
-
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed No Go to the next step.
sensor using a oscilloscope.
-IGON : 0 Hz
-Idle: Within 320-374 Hz (P, N position)
Are frequencies of input/turbine speed sensor
within specifications?
4 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
to Step 10.
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
RESISTANCE No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to Step 10.
Measure the resistance between the input! (See 05-17A-231NPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR
turbine speed sensor terminals (part-side).
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is the resistance within 250-600 ohms
between input/turbine speed sensor terminals
(part -side)?
(See 05-17A-221NPUT/TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Clean the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to Step 10.
Remove input/turbine speed sensor. No Go to the next step .
Is there iron powder stuck on input/turbine
speed sensor?
(See 05-17A-23 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then gc
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 10.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the following input/turbine speed
sensor terminals (wiring harness-side) and
TCM terminals (wiring harness-side):
-A and 2K
-Band21
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Inspect input/turbine speed sensor terminal No Go to the next step.
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
- A and body ground
- B and body ground
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0715 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle a vehicle speed 41 km/h {25
mph} or more for 0.7 s or more.
Is the same DTC present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
'
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0720 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W69
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal 2P
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal B and TCM terminal 2P
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and main relay terminal C
CAUSE Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and AT main relay terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal C and body ground
Damaged connectors between VSS and TCM
TCM malfunction
B+ IG1
AT MAIN
RELAY
TCM
@)
vss
AT MAIN RELAY
WIRING HARNESS-
VSS WIRING HARNESS- SIDE CONNECTOR
TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
SIDE CONNECTOR
rr >< I
2W 2U I2S 2Q 120 2M I2K 21 I2G 2E I2C I2A
2X 2V I2T 2R I2P 2N I2L 2J I2H 2F I2D I2B
05-02A-23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. j _
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT VSS CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the VSS connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT VSS POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 6.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Verify that the VSS connector is disconnected .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off) .
Inspect the voltage between VSS terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT VSS POWER CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Yes Go to the next step.
TO GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Inspect for continuity between VSS terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and ground.
Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT VSS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Verify that the VSS connector is disconnected .
Inspect for continu ity between VSS (wiring
harness-side) terminal C and ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Disconnect the TCM connector and VSS
connector.
Inspect for continuity between VSS terminal B
and TCM terminal 2P.
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
FOR SHORT TO GROUND step.
Verity that the VSS connector and TCM No Replace the VSS, then go to the next step.
connector are disconnected. (See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
2P and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Repair or replace the VSS, then go to Step 11.
(See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(VSS) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
,
Is VSS normal?
05-02A-24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0720 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
- connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 4.5 s or more while monitoring PIDs.
-Engine coolant temp (ECT PID): 60 oc {140
F} or more
- Drive in D or M range
- Frequency of input/turbine speed sensor:
800 Hz or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION I
l_
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to the next step.
Perform operation inspection. No Replace the solenoid that you could not hear a click sound,
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE then go to Step 8.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A when [FS5A-EL].)
applying B+ to transaxle terminal A.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step .
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 20 km/h {12
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1,300 Hz?
05-02A-26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0731 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 4 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 4 km/h {3 mph}
or more
Are any DTCs present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
Diagnostic procedure
I STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I 1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
r Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECTION SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, 8 Yes Go to the next step.
AND C FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear a click
Perform operation inspection. sound, then go to Step 8 .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL].)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A, B, and
C when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures . Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT!TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 40 km/h {24
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1 ,300 Hz?
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0732 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine .
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 3 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 3.8 km/h {2.4
mph} or more
Are any DTCs present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. I
05-02A-28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0733 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W72
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is 2.175 or more, the
TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3 GR in D or M range
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
DETECTION -None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
CONDITION P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771 , P0772,
P0773, P0791
The TCM monitors revolution ratio of the forward clutch drum revolution to the secondary gear case
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is within 1.345-1.644,
the TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
- Engine running
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 F} or more
- Driving in 3 GR in D or M range
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Vehicle speed 26 km/h {16 mph} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761,P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A or C stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 3-4 clutch slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass, TCC or 3-4 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction
05-02A-29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available L
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine . No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX . (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECTION SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AND Yes Go to the next step.
C FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear a click
Perform operation inspection . sound, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid A and C [FS5A-EL].)
when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.
Was a click heard from solenoids?
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range . No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the primary control valve body, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine . REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
sensor while driving vehicle under the following
conditions: INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 60 km/h {37
mph}
-Drive in the D range, 3GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 1 ,300 Hz?
8 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0733 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for more than 2 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 3GR
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 4 kmlh {3 mph}
or more
Are any DTCs present? '
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0734 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W73
revolution when the following monitoring conditions are met. If the revolution ratio is within 0.91-1.09, the
TCM determines that there is a malfunction.
Monitoring conditions:
DETECTION - Engine running
CONDITION - ATF temperature 20 oc
{68 F} or more
-Driving in 4GR in DorM range
-Torque converter clutch (TCC) not operating
-Vehicle speed 36 km/h {22 mph} or more
-Turbine speed within 225-4,987 rpm
- Secondary gear revolution speed 50 rpm or more
-Differential gear case (output) revolution speed 35 rpm or more
-None of the following DTCs are present: P0706, P0707, P0708, P0712, P0713, P0715, P0720, P0751,
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminate.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
A PENDING CODE is not available .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B or C stuck
Pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
2-4 brake band slipping
CAUSE
3-4 clutch slipping
Forward clutch slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass or 3-4 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
- Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
05-02A-31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A AND D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear click sound _...
Pertorm operation inspection. then go to Step 8 .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL] .)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoids A and D
when applying B+ to each transaxle terminal.
Note
The click from solenoid D is barely
audible. Remove solenoids to correctly
inspect if necessary.
05-02A-32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0735 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W74
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate .
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
A PENDING CODE is not available .
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid F stuck
Pressure control solenoid B stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE Direct clutch slipping
Reduction brake slipping
Control valve stuck (Bypass or 4-5 shift valve)
Oil pump malfunction
r TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line No Go to the next step.
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 9.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F AND PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID B FOR CLICK SOUND No Replace the solenoid where you could not hear click sound,
Perform operation inspection . then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].) [FS5A-EL].)
Verify the click sound of shift solenoid F and
pressure control solenoid B when applying B+
to each transaxle terminal.
I Was a click heard from solenoids?
05-02A-33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 9.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the secondary control valve body,
'- (See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) then go to Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 9.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INTERMEDIATE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the secondary control valve body, then go to the
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . next step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of intermediate sensor (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 80 km/h {49
mph}
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the intermediate sensor
at approx. 4,800 Hz?
8 INSPECT FREQUENCY OF INTERMEDIATE Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR WHEN DRIVING VEHICLE No Replace the secondary control valve body, then go to the
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. next step.
Connect the WDS or equivalent. (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Start the engine. REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
Measure the frequency of input/turbine speed (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BOD:
sensor while driving vehicle under the following INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
conditions:
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 90 km/h {56
mph}
-Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle {THOP PID):
approx. 25%
Was the frequency of the input/turbine speed
sensor at approx. 4,100 Hz?
9 VERIFY REPAIR OF DTC P0735 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
connectors. EL].)
Clear the DTC using the WDS or equivalent. No Go to the next step.
Start the engine.
Warm up the transaxle.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for more than 5 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Are any DTCs present?
10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0741 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W75
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available .
The AT warning light illuminates
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B, C, D, E, and pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 2-4 brake band slipping
3-4 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-02A-35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available )_
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 4 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 6 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 6 .
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
5 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring , then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0741 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up engine and ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 5 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR (TCC operation)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): within GQ-100
km/h {37--62 mph}
Are any DTCs present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-02A-36
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0742 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W76
The MIL does not illuminate if TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first the drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoids A, B, C, D, E, and pressure control solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure low
CAUSE 2-4 brake band slipping
3-4 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
TEP INSPECTION ACTION
.1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 4.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
3 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6 .
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF} Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
4 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 6 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 6.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
05-02A-37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
5 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0742 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following
conditions:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 4GR (TCC not in
operation)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 km/h {43
mph} or less.
Throttle conditions
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) 6.25%
or more and 5 s or more have passed.
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID) within
3.13-6.25% and 3 s or more have passed.
{
-Throttle opening angle at closed throttle
position and 5 s or more have passed.
Are any DTCs present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-38
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0744 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W77
P0752, P0753, P0756, P0757, P0758, P0761 , P0762, P0763, P0766, P0767, P0768, P0771, P0772,
P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM .
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
DTCs are stored in the TCM memory.
Forward clutch not engaged or slipped
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminai1A
Shift solenoid A stuck on
POSSIBLE Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal 1 F
CAUSE Shift solenoid D stuck on
Short to ground in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal 1H
Shift solenoid E stuck off
i TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been
recorded? then go to the next step.
2 VERIFY DTCS Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position , No Replace the forward clutch, then go to the next step.
then to the ON position.
Verify the DTCs in the TCM memory.
Are DTCs P0752, P0753, P0767, P0768,
P0771, and P0773 output?
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0744 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17 A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up the engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 18.75%
or less
Are any DTCs present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0745 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W78
ATX TCM
PRESSURE CONTROL
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A CV
SOLENOID A WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
CV
~--------------------~~jG
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
2 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then gc.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 10.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
05-02A-40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 6.
-- Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminals D and I
(transaxle case side).
Is the resistance within 2.4-7.3 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
4 INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the pressure control solenoid to Step 10.
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
5 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Inspect the resistance between the pressure No Verify pressure control solenoid installation.
control solenoid terminals A and B.
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the pressure
Is the resistance within 2.4-7.3 ohms? control solenoid, then go to Step 10 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 10.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
7 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, the go to Step 10.
Inspect for continuity between the TCM (wiring
harness-side) and transaxle connector
(primary) (wiring harness-side).
- TCM terminal 1 E and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal D
- TCM terminal 1G and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal I
Is there continuity between terminals?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 10.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal D (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
9 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between transaxle
connector (primary) terminal D (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0745 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Make sure to wait more than 1 s after turning
the ignition switch to the ON position.
Are any DTCs present?
11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0751 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W79
05-02A-42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 5.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0751 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 36 km/h {22
mph} (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0752 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W80
05-02A-44
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressu res within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0752 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
-1
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0753 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W81
TCM
ATX
SHIFT SOLENOID A
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. .I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-46
ON-BOARD DIAGNO$TIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
'-
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal A (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.D-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid A No Verify shift solenoid A installation.
terminals A and B (part-side). If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.D-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or term inals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1A (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1A (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0753 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0756 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W82
05-02A-48
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability.
No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition.
- Clear red: Normal go to Step 5.
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body.
Is each valve operation normal and is the No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
return spring normal? to the next step.
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0756 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 450 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0757 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W83
05-02A-50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability.
No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition . go to Step 5.
-Clear red: Normal
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine . No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX.
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the
return spring normal? to the next step.
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0757 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
make sure that gears shift smoothly from 1GR
to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Engine speed (RPM PI D): 450 rpm or more
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PI D): 0%
(4GR only)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PI D): 28 km/h {17
mph} (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
-,
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0758 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W84
TCM
ATX
SHIFT SOLENOID B
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE l
CONNECTOR
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. 'I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-52
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION
L- No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal C (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID 8 CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid B No Verify shift solenoid B installation.
terminals A and B (part-side) .
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1B (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal C (wiring
harness-side}.
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal C (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
18 (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0758 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
SHIFT SOLENOID 8 COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-53
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0761 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W85
05-02A-54
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5.
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0761 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that the gears shift smoothly
from 1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0762 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W86
05-02A-56
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0762 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 26 km/h {16
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05- 02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-57
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0763 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W87
TCM
ATX
SHIFT SOLENOID C
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE @@@)
CONNECTOR
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information. I
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-58
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
[.... POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary). to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal G (transaxle case
side} and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector. to Step 11.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid C No Verify shift solenoid C installation.
terminals A and B (part-side).
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17 A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1C (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal G (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal G (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1C (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0763 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-59
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0766 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W88
05-02A-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
-Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0766 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 0%
(4GR only)
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 28 km/h {17
mph} or more. (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed .
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-61
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0767 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W89
05-02A-62
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1__ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
\ RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17 A-5 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05- 17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0767 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 3GR
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
., PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-63
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0768 [FS5A-EL]
E6U050200000W90
DTC P0768
Shift solenoid D malfunction (electrical)
~--------~--~~--------------~------~------------------~~------~~--~--~--~~.-
If TCM detects either of the following conditions while driving in 4GR at D range, the TCM determines thr
shift solenoid D circuit has a malfunction.
- Shift solenoid D voltage stuck at B+ after engine start
- Shift solenoid D voltage stuck at 0 V after engine start
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The PENDING CODE is available if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM terminal 1 F
Short to power supply in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM
terminal1 F
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and transaxle connector (primary)
CAUSE
terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between transaxle connector (primary) terminal B and TCM terminal 1 F
D;:~maged connector between shift solenoid D and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
ATX
SHIFT
SOLENOID D @@
,,,
SHIFT SOLENOID D ,s >//
@@(@
If
WIRING HARNESS- '''" F
SIDE CONNECTOR
(])
~~~I
'
7.7"
.......---.....
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? 1
05-02A-64
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
- POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal B (transaxle case
side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid D No Verify shift solenoid D installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground.
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms? go to Step 11.
(See 05-17A-28 Resistance Inspection (On- (See 05-17 A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 F
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
(primary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal B (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 F
(wiring harness-side} and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0768 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-65
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0771 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W91
05-02A-66
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
-Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection .)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7.
(See 05-17A- 5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0771 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): within 60-100
km/h {37-62 mph} (4GR only).
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-67
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0772 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W92
05-02A-68
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL] .)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the primary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the primary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0772 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 4GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 70 km/h {43
mph} or less (4GR only)
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-69
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0773 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W93
TCM
ATX
~@
~
SHIFT
SOLENOID E
SHIFT SOLENOID E F '''
'-',/"
If
WIRING HARNESS-
SIDE CONNECTOR
(])
~~~I 7}T
~rr~~n~
10 !1M I1K !11 1G I1E !1c I1A
1P !1N I1L 11J 1H I1F lm j1s
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? I
05-02A-70
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
L.... POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary) .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (primary) terminal F (transaxle case
side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17 A-28 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid E No Verify shift solenoid E installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 10.9-26.2 ohms?
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
go to Step 11 .
(See 05- 17A-29 Resistance Inspection (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY)
[FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1H (wiring harness-side) and transaxle
connector (primary) terminal F (wiring harness-
side) .
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(primary) terminal F (wiring harness-side) .
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1H (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0773 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 4GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-71
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0777 [FSSAEL]
E6U050200000W94
05-02A-72
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid {ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
{ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressu res within the to Step 7.
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring , then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0777 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR:
- ATF temperature {TFT PI D) {TFT PI D): 20
oc {68 F} or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle {THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-73
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0778 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W95
TCM
ATX
@@
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
PRESSURE CONTROL (SECONDARY) WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
SOLENOID B WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE
iillj
CONNECTOR
~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information. I
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step. I
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-74
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
- POOR CONNECTION
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
to Step 11 .
Disconnect the transaxle connector
(secondary.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (secondary) terminal A (transaxle
case side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the pressure control solenoid B to Step 11 .
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect the resistance between pressure No Verify shift pressure control solenoid B installation.
control solenoid B terminals A and B (part-
side).
If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
go to Step 11 .
Is the resistance within 1.0-4.2 ohms? (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(See 05-17 A-32 Resistance Inspection INSTALLATION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
(Off-Vehicle Inspection).) BODY) [FS5A-EL] .)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1D (wiring harness-side} and transaxle
connector (secondary) terminal A (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1D (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0778 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-Q2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-75
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
DTC P0791 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W96
B+ IG1
AT MAIN
RELAY
TCM
@)
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
AT MAIN RELAY
WIRING HARNESS-
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
SIDE CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
I >-< I
2W j2U j2S 20 J20 2M j2K 21 j2G 2E j2C j2A
2X j2V j2T 2R j2P 2N j2L 2J j2H 2F j2D j2B
05-02A-76
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the intermediate sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR POWER Yes Go to Step 6.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Verify that the intermediate sensor connector is
disconnected.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage between intermediate
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR POWER Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
ground.
Is there continuity?
6 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR GROUND Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Verify that the intermediate sensor connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor (wiring harness-side) terminal C and
ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the pin or connector, then go to Step 11 .
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT SECONDARY GEAR REVOLUTION Yes Go to the next step.
SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Disconnect the TCM connector and
intermediate sensor connector.
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 2L.
Is there continuity?
9 INSPECT SECONDARY GEAR REVOLUTION Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO step.
GROUND No Replace the intermediate sensor, then go to the next step.
Verity that the intermediate sensor connector (See 05-17A-251NTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
and TCM connector are disconnected. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminai2L
and body ground.
Is there continuity?
05-02A-77
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
10 INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the intermediate sensor. No Repair or replace the intermediate sensor, then go to the
(See 05-17A-231NTERMEDIATE SENSOR next step.
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) (See 05--17 A-25 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
Is intermediate sensor normal? INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0791 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up engine.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 4.5 s or more while monitoring PIDs.
-Engine coolant temp (ECT PI D): 60
0
oc {140
F} or more
- Drive in D range
-Vehicle speed (VSS PID): 40 km/h {25
mph} or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-78
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0841 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W97
P0751, P0752,P0753,P0756,P0757, P0758, P0761, P0762,P0763, P0766,P0767,P0768, P0771,
P0772, P0773, P0791
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL does not illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive
cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
The AT warning light does not illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Line pressure low
Oil pressure switch malfunction
POSSIBLE
Open circuit in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal 2J
CAUSE
Short to ground in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal 2J
Damaged connector between oil pressure switch and TCM
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
(j) TCM
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
05-02A-79
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. 1
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair Information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the ATF, then go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 11.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 11 .
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the primary control valve body, then
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) go to Step 11.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17 A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
specifications? REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
6 INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift oil pressure switch to Step11 .
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
7 INSPECT CONTINUITY Yes Replace the oil pressure switch, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between oil pressure (See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
switch terminal A (part-side) and body ground. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is there continuity? No Go to the next step.
8 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
9 INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminai2J
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
terminal A (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
GROUND step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No Replace the oil pressure switch , then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal 2J (See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
(wiring harness-side) and body ground. INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
05-02A-80
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0841 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle and make sure that gears
shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
B+
@ T TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
~~~-=-1l~
ENG+B 10 A TCM
FUSE
q
10 11M I1K 111 1G I1E l1c I1A
@
@CV 1P I1N I1L I1J 1H I1F lm l1s
w 1K
~~~I
05-02A-81
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. I
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and or/on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
Inspect ENG+B 10 A fuse malfunction. If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
Is it normal? go to Step 13.
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Go go to Step 6.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage TCM connector terminal 1K
(wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go go to Step 8.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the negative battery cable .
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 8.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Disconnect the positive battery cable .
Inspect for continuity between the TCM
terminal 1K and body ground.
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal
1K and ENG+B 10 A fuse terminal (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0882 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL).)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL).)
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-82
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P0894 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000W99
Shift solenoid A stuck on
CAUSE
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY DTCS Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, No Replace the forward clutch , then go to the next step.
then to the ON position.
Verify the DTCs in the TCM memory.
Are DTCs P0720, P0752, and P0753 output?
- 3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0894 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Warm up the engine.
With the selector lever in the D range and the
vehicle stopped (brake on), wait 3 s or more.
Are any DTCs present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2707 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA 1
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid F stuck off
Secondary control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-02A-85
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown , replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17 A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
-Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17 A-1 0 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7 .
specifications? (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17 A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step .
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2707 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-86
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2708 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA2
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
POSSIBLE Deteriorated ATF
CAUSE Shift solenoid F stuck on
Secondary control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-02A-87
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _I
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 5 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Milky: Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17A-10 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17 A-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to Step 7 .
(See 05-17A-5 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the automatic transaxle, then go
Are the line pressures within the to Step 7 .
specifications? (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
6 INSPECT OPERATION OF EACH VALVE AND Yes Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
EACH SPRING (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position . INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
Remove the secondary control valve body. (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
Disassemble the secondary control valve body. No Repair or replace the shift valve and return spring, then go
Is each valve operation normal and is the to the next step.
return spring normal? (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].)
VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
(See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL] .)
VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
(See ATX Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2708 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine .
Warm up the ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
and make sure that gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 f}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Throttle opening angle (THOP PID): 4.14%
or more
Is the PENDING CODE present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection .
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See 05-02A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-88
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
DTC P2709 [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA3
TCM
ATX
SHIFT ~ 1'7\
S~
nt- \;///
SOLENOID F
.---------< B '''
I~
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
(SECONDARY) WIRING TCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
m
SHIFT SOLENOID F
WIRING HARNESS-
SIDE CONNECTOR
~r-i=n~
1011Ml1Kj11 1Gj1E 1C,1A
1P j1N I 1L j1J 1H I1F 1D I1B
~~~I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
., Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
05-02A-89
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
3 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
to Step 11.
Disconnect the transaxle connector
(secondary).
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Is the connection normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Go to Step 7.
Inspect the resistance between transaxle No Go to the next step.
connector (secondary) terminal B (transaxle
case side) and body ground.
Is the resistance within 1 0.9-26.2 ohms?
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On-
Vehicle Inspection).)
5 INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D CONNECTOR Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
6 INSPECT RESISTANCE Yes Replace the solenoid wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Inspect the resistance between shift solenoid F No Verify shift solenoid F installation.
terminal A (part-side) and body ground. If solenoid installed correctly, replace the solenoid, then
Is the resistance within 1 0.9-26.2 ohms? go to Step 11 .
(See 05-17A-31 Resistance Inspection (On- (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Vehicle Inspection).) INSTALLATION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
7 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
Disconnect the TCM connector. to Step 11 .
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Is the connection normal?
8 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal1 J
(wiring harness-side) and transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity between terminals?
9 INSPECT TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11 .
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at transaxle connector
(secondary) terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
10 INSPECT TCM CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 11.
GROUND No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal 1J
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there continuity?
11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2709 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No No concern is detected. Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 5GR.
Are any DTCs present?
12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". No DTC troubleshooting completed.
(See O!Hl2A-4 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [FS5A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-02A-90
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050200000WA4
1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.
-2. Measure the PID value.
Note
Perform part inspection for the output device after TCM inspection.
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors the calculated value of the input/output signals in the TCM.
Therefore, if a monitored value of an output device is out of specification, it is necessary to inspect the
monitored value of the input device related to the output device control. Since an output device
malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it is
necessary to inspect the output device individually using methods such as the simulation function.
DTC detected) No DTCs are detected: 0 (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
05-02A-91
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
Monitor item Unit/ TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
RPM_TCM
(Engine RPM
Ignition switch ON: 0 RPM
Inspect the TCM.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION N/A
-
Idle: 70Q-800 RPM
speed) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid A.
SSA/SS1 4GR: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
% 1A
(Shift solenoid A) others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid B.
SSB/SS2
% 1GR at D range: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
1B
(Shift solenoid B) Others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid C.
SSC/SS3
% 1GR/2GR: 99% (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
1C
(Shift solenoid C) Others: 0% INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid D.
P/N position, 4GR at D range, 1GR at
SSD/SS4 (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off M range: On 1F
(Shift solenoid D) INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
Others: Off
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid E.
SSE_SSS TCC operating: On (See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE
On/Off 1H
(Shift solenoid E) TCC non operating: Off INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF_SS6
On/Off 1GR/2GR/3GR/4GR: On (See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE
1J
(Shift solenoid F) SGR: Off INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL
VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL].)
TFT Inspect the TFT sensor.
(Transaxle oc OF (See 05-17A-18 TRANSAXLE FLUID
Indicates transaxle fluid temperature 2M
fluid TEMPERATURE(TFT}SENSOR
temperature) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
TFTV Inspect the TFT sensor.
ATF 20 oc {68 F}: Approx. 3.3 V
(Transaxle (See 05-17A-18 TRANSAXLE FLUID
v ATF 40 oc {104 F}: Approx. 2.4 V 2M
fluid signal TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
ATF 60 oc {140 F}: Approx. 1.5 V
voltage) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
THOP Inspect the TP sensor.
(Throttle CTP: 12% (See 01-40A-30 THROTTLE POSITION
% N/A
position WOT: 75% (TP} SENSOR INSPECTION [L3].)
sensor)
P position: P Inspect the TR switch.
TR
R position: R (See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE
(Transaxle P/R/N/D 2H
N position: N (TR} SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
range)
D range: D
P position: 4.34-4.79 V Inspect the TR switch.
TR_SENS R position: 3.83-4.18 V (See 05-17A-12 TRANSAXLE RANGE
(TR switch}
v N position: 3.05-3.50 V (TR} SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
2H
D range: 2.23-2.66 V
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS Indicates Input/turbine speed
(See 05-17A-22 INPUT/TURBINE
(Input/turbine RPM Ignition switch ON: 0 RPM 21, 2K
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION [FSSA-
speed} Idle: 70Q-800 RPM (P, N position)
EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
UPSW M range, upshift: On
On/Off (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER 2D
(Up switch} Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
VPWR_TCM Inspect the main relay.
(Battery v B+ (See 09-21-7 RELAY INSPECTION.) 1K
voltage)
Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12.5 mph}: Inspect the VSS.
vss 20KPH (See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH 2P :.
Vehicle speed 40 km/h {25 mph}: 40 SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [FSSA-
speed)
KPH EL].) r
05-02A-92
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
05-028 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DTC P0819 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-44
ONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DTC P0882 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-47
.JIAGRAM [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-2 DTC P0883 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-50
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL] ............ 05-02B-3 DTC P0942 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-51
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON-BOARD DTC P0961 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-52
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DTC P0962 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-53
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-02B-3 DTC P0963 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-55
DTC Reading Procedure ........... 05-02B-3 DTC P0973 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-57
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE DTC P0974 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-59
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-02B-4 DTC P0976 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-61
DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL] ............. 05-02B-5 DTC P0977 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-63
DTC P0601 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-8 DTC P0978 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-65
DTC P0603 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-9 DTC P0979 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-66
DTC P0604 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-10 DTC P0980 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-68
DTC P0706 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-11 DTC P0981 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-70
DTC P0707 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-12 DTC P0982 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-71 I I :
DTC P0708 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-13 DTC P0983 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-73
DTC P0711 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-14 DTC P0984 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-75
DTC P0712 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-16 DTC P0985 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-76
DTC P0713 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-18 DTC P0986 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-78
DTC P0717 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-20 DTC P0997 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-80
DTC P0722 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-22 DTC P0998 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-81
DTC P0729 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-24 DTC P0999 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-83
DTC P0730 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-26 DTC P1700 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-85
DTC P0731 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-28 DTC P2757 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-87
DTC P0732 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-30 DTC P2758 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-89
DTC P0733 [AW6A-EL]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02B-32 DTC P2762 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-91
DTC P0734 [AW6A-EL]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-02B-34 DTC P2763 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-92
rlTC P0735 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-36 DTC P2764 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-94
c P0736 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-38 PID/DATA MONITOR
~ (C P0780 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-40 INSPECTION [A6WA-EL] ............ 05-02B-96
DTC P0817 [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-02B-41
05-028-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W01
TRSWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM)
TCCCONTROL
SOLENOID
INPUT!TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
TFT SENSOR
SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH
DOWN SWITCH
M RANGE SWITCH
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H
CAN
CAN-L
SHIFT SOLENOID D
OTHER MODULE
SHIFT SOLENOID E
IG1
B+ STARTER RELAY
D6U517CS7004
05-028-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W02
When the customer reports vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indication, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist and the MIL and AT warning lights do not illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
t WITHOUT DTC
I C6U0502W003
DLC-2
A6E3970W002
05-028-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W04
Caution
After repairing a malfunction, perform this procedure to verify that the malfunction has been
corrected.
When this procedure is carried out, be sure to drive the vehicle at lawful speed and pay attention
to the other vehicles.
05-028-4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
ForP0729,P0734,P0735
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range, at 40 km/h {25 mph} or more for 2 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P0736
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in R range.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P0819
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in M range, and shift the selector lever (operate up and down switches) between 1GR
to 6GR for 10 s or more.
iv. Go to Step 5.
For P2757
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine and ATX.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
operated.
iv. Go to Step 5.
ForP2758
i. Start the engine.
ii. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
iii. Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure that the gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR and TCC is
no operated.
iv. Go to Step 5.
5. Gradually slow down and stop the vehicle.
6. Make sure that no DTCs occur.
X: Available
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028-8
P0601 Flash ROM malfunction X X 1 CCM X DTC P0601
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-9
P0603 EEPROM malfunction X X 1 - X DTC P0603
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0604 RAM malfunction X X 1 CCM X 10 DTC P0604
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit range/
P0706 X X 1 Other X 11 DTC P0706
performance
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0707 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit low input X X 1 CCM X 12 DTC P0707
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0708 Transaxle range (TR) switch circuit high input X X 1 CCM X 13 DTC P0708
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
P0711 X X 1 CCM X 14 DTC P0711
malfunction (stuck)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
1
0712 X X 1 CCM X 16 DTC P0712
malfunction (short to ground)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q2B-
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit
P0713 X X 1 CCM X 18 DTC P0713
malfunction (short to power/open circuit) [AW6A-EL])
05-028-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-Q28
lnpuVturbine speed sensor circuit malfunction
P0717 X X 1 CCM X 20 DTC P071 ,
(open circuiVshort circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction
P0722
(open circuiVshort circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 22 DTC P0722
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0729 Gear 6 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 24 DTC P0729
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect
P0730
(incorrect gear ratio detected)
- X 1 CCM X 26 DTC P0730
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0731 Gear 1 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 28 DTC P0731
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0732 Gear 2 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 30 DTC P0732
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
P0733 Gear 3 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 32 DTC P0733
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0734 Gear 4 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 34 DTC P0734
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0735 Gear 5 incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected) X X 1 CCM X 36 DTC P0735
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Gear reverse incorrect (incorrect gear ratio
P0736
detected)
- X 1 - X 38 DTC P073f
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction (valve
P0780
stuck)
- X 1 CCM X 41 DTC P0817
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Stater relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open
P0817
circuiVshort circuit)
- X 1 - X 41 DTC P0817
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit
P0819
malfunction (open circuiVshort circuit)
- X 1 - X 44 DTC P0819
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0882 TCM 8+ low - - 1 CCM X 47 DTC P0882
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0883 TCM 8+ high - - 1 CCM X 50 DTC P0883
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-Q28-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D
P0942
range (valve stuck)
X X 1 CCM X 51 DTC P0942
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid range/
P0961
performance (stuck)
X X 1 CCM X 52 DTC P0961
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0962
malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 53 DTC P0962
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Line pressure control solenoid circuit
P0963
malfunction (short to power)
X X 1 CCM X 55 DTC P0963
[AW6A-EL]) I
(See 05-028~
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
P0973 X X 1 CCM X 57 DTC P0973
ground)
[AW6A-EL]) I
05-028-6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid A circuit malfunction (short to
0974
power/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 59 DTC P0974
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid 8 circuit malfunction (short to
P0976
ground)
- X 1 - X 61 DTC P0976
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid 8 circuit malfunction (short to
P0977
power/open circuit)
- X 1 - X 63 DTC P0977
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0978 Shift solenoid C range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 65 DTC P0978
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0979 X X 1 CCM X 66 DTC P0979
ground/open circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid C circuit malfunction (short to
P0980
power)
X X 1 CCM X 68 DTC P0980
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0981 Shift solenoid D range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 70 DTC P0981
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0982
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 71 DTC P0982
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid D circuit malfunction (short to
P0983 X X 1 CCM X 73 DTC P0983
power)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
0 0984 Shift solenoid E range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 75 DTC P0984
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0985
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 76 DTC P0985
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid E circuit malfunction (short to
P0986
power)
X X 1 CCM X 78 DTC P0986
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P0997 Shift solenoid F range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 80 DTC P0997
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0998
ground/open circuit)
X X 1 CCM X 81 DTC P0998
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Shift solenoid F circuit malfunction (short to
P0999
power)
X X 1 CCM X 83 DTC P0999
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R
P1700
range (valve stuck)
- X 1 - X 85 DTC P1700
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2757 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck off X X 1 CCM X 87 DTC P2757
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2758 Torque converter clutch (TCC) stuck on X X 1 CCM X 89 DTC P2758
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
P2762 TCC control solenoid range/performance (stuck) X X 1 CCM X 91 DTC P2762
[AW6A-EL])
(See 05-028-
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
r P2763 power)
X X 1 CCM X 92 DTC P2763
[AW6A-EL])
05-028-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
AT
Monitor Memory
DTC No. Condition MIL warning DC Page
item function
light
(See 05-028
TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to
P2764 X X 1 CCM 94 DTC P276
X
ground/open circuit)
[AW6A-EL])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0073 CAN BUS OFF
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
(See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0100 TCM cannot receive any signals from PCM
SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
TCM cannot receive any signals from ABS HU/ (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0121
CM SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
TCM cannot receive any signals from instrument (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0140
cluster SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
Invalid data received from ABS HU/CM (wheel (See 09-02A-4 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
U0415
speed) SYSTEM (L3, AJ)])
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0601 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].) I
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed. '
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0603 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W07
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
2
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been
recorded?
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
Yes
No
then go to the next step.
05-028-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0604 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W08
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0604 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05--Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-10
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0706 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W09
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0706 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D).
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0707 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W10
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0707 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D) .
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0708 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W11
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available? (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0708 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in each range (P-D).
Is same DTC present?
4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0711 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W12
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
~ 8 (+)
LJI I I I I~
; - f- [><
~ 87 88
TFT
SENSOR -:: ~ @
'--- f- @ ~II I II~
//
"" ~7
(-)
~~~I
05-028-14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM.
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals B8 and 87 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 1ooc {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0711 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0712 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W13
DTC P0712 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to ground)
-
If the TCM detects the following condition for 10 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor circt
has a malfunction.
- ATF temperature 200 oc {392 F} or more
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
CAUSE
Damaged connector TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
~a (+)
LJI I I I I~
r- - X
TFT
SENSOR ..-:! r @ X B7 B8
05-028-16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B8 and B7 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
(TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 10C {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0712 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0713 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W14
DTC P0713 Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor circuit malfunction (short to power/open circuit)
If the TCM detects the following condition for 1 s or more, the TCM determines that the TFT sensor cirw'
has a malfunction.
- Engine warmed-up
- ATF temperature less than -43 oc {-45.4 F}
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION This is continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
TFT sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 88
Short to power in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal 87
Damaged connector TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
//t.=a (+)
'I;
LJI I I I I~
;-- - [X
TFT
SENSOR ~
~ @ X 87 88
'-- - @ ~I II II~
//
"" ~7
(-)
~~~I
05-028-18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L .1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
' RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 5.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM.
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TFT SENSOR Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Replace the TFT sensor, then go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple (See 05-17B-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
component terminals BB and B7 (wiring (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
harness-side).
Is resistance as shown below?
- ATF temperature 10C {50F}: 5.62-7.31
kilohms
- ATF temperature 25C {77F}: 3.5 kilohms
- ATF temperature 11 ooc {230F}: 0.22-
0.27 kilohms
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0713 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0717 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W15
DTC P0717 Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- D range of TR switch input
- Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
-Vehicle speed signal 24 pulse input
- Input/turbine speed sensor signal not input
Normal turbine speed signal is not input.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
Open circuit between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal 8 and TCM terminal 812
Short to power in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal 813
Damaged connector between input/turbine speed sensor and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
INPUT!TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
A
@
:::....__ _ _~~::~13
=6-(])
.___ _ _ _@ (-)
LJI I I I ID
!X
812813
X
0JI I 11 JV:
05-028-20
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT CONTINUITY OF INPUT/TURBINE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B12 and B13 (wiring
harness-side).
Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL INPUT/TURBINE SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
SENSOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
input/turbine speed sensor terminals (wiring
wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B12 and terminal 8
-Terminal B13 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to the next
component terminals (wiring harness-side). step.
-Terminal B12 and all terminals except 812/ (See 05-17B-181NPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
B13 (wiring harness-side). REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B13 and all terminals except 812/
B13 (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0717 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0722 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W16
DTC P0722 Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
When all conditions below are satisfied.
- D range of TR switch input
- Driving vehicle at vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph} or more
- Turbine speed signal 16 pulse input
- VSS signal not input
Normal vehicle speed signal is not input for 0.1 s or more.
DETECTION
Diagnostic support note:
CONDITION
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
VSS malfunction
Open circuit between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
Open circuit between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
CAUSE
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal 8 and TCM terminal 819
Short to power in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and TCM terminal 820
Damaged connector between VSS and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
CD //
,,~1 (+)
B
vss
A
@
CD _//t:20 (-)
''''<:
~IIIII~
05-028-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT CONTINUITY OF VSS CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between the couple
component terminals B19 and 820 (wiring
harness-side).
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step .
Is there continuity?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL VSS FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the VSS connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
VSS terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B 19 and terminal B
-Terminal 820 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO CIRCUIT next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Inspect the coupler component.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). If the coupler component is normal, replace the
-Terminal 819 and all terminals except 819/ automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
820 (wiring harness-side). (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
-Terminal 820 and all terminals except 819/ REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
820 (wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0722 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028--4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0729 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W17
05-028-24
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID {ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0729 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature {TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 6GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0730 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W18
DTC P0730Gear 1 and engine brake operation incorrect (incorrect gear ratio detected)
Engine braking is detected to be not operating when following conditions are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- ATF temperature 20 oc {68 oF} or more
- Driving in 1GR in M range
- Engine running
- Accelerator opening angle 10% or more
- None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711 , P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM) .
The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
Shift solenoid A stuck
Shift solenoid B stuck
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
Oil pump malfunction
VSS malfunction
TCM malfunction
05-028-26
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-178-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECT VSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0730 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Drive in the M range, 1GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0731 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W19
05-028-28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B- 19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0731 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc{68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 1GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0732 [AW6A-EL]
E6U05020000 0W20
05-028-30
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
l 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL).)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0732 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 2GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL).)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0733 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W21
05-028-32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0733 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac
{68 F}
or more
-D rive in the D range, 3GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL] .)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0734 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W22
05-028-34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition . No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF} INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF} INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVA.U
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0734 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL).)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 4GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0735 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W23
05-028-36
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0735 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc
{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the D range, 5GR
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PI D):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0736 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W24
05-028-38
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the ATF condition. No Replace the transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 8.
Warm up the ATX.
Is the ATF level within the specification?
(See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 8.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 8.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go to Step 8.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 INSPECTVSS Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the VSS. No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR If the coupler component is normal, replace the
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) automatic transaxle, then go to the next step.
Is it normal? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0736 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
at least 12 times for more than 1 s:
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 ac{68 F}
or more
- Drive in the R position
-Accelerator opening angle (THOP PID):
10% or more
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0780 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W25
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available I
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0780 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-40
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0817 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W26
DTC P0817 Stater relay No.2 circuit malfunction (open circuiUshort circuit)
Any of the following conditions are met when ignition switch is at ON position:
- 0 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in D range or R position
- 12 V detected at TCM terminal A5 when in P or N position
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
Short to ground in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
POSSIBLE Short to power in wiring harness between starter relay No.2 terminal A and TCM terminal A5
CAUSE Starter relay No.2 malfunction
Damaged connector between starter relay No.2 and TCM
TCM malfunction
STARTER
RELAY N0.2
SHORT CORD
(j})J@ @@ CD
~--------------~cr---------~~5
PCM
STARTER RELAY N0.2 CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE (WIRING HARNESS-SIDE) (TCM SIDE)
n 15<1 n
05-028-41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. -'-
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Shift the selector lever to P or N position .
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
4 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to Step 18.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C and TCM terminal A5
(wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to go to Step 18.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Shift the selector lever to D range or R position .
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
8 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to the next step.
TERMINAL E No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for voltage starter relay No.2 terminal E
(wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
9 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Disconnect the starter relay No.2 connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
10 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the starter relay No.2. No Replace the starter relay No.2, then go to Step 18.
(See 09-21-7 RELAY INSPECTION)
Is the relay normal?
05-028-42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
11 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
- CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
12 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C and starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is there continuity?
13 INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between starter relay
14
No.2 terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
INSPECT STARTER RELAY N0.2 CIRCUIT FOR Yes
SHORT TO POWER
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
No
Go to the next step.
Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 18.
Inspect the voltage at starter relay No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side}.
Is the voltage 0 V?
15 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 18.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
16 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 18.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is there continuity?
17 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
SHORT TO POWER No Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the next
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position step.
(engine off).
Inspect the voltage at TCM short cord
connector terminal C (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage 0 V?
18 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0817 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range .
Is same DTC present?
19 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0819 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W27
DTC P0819 Manual switch/up switch/down switch circuit malfunction (open circuit/short circuit)
Any of the following conditions are detected for 10 s or more when engine is running:
-5 V detected at TCM terminals A? when in any position except DorM range.
-0 V detected at TCM terminal A7 when 5 V are input to TCM terminal A3 or A4.
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION
CONDITION The MIL does not illuminate if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
M range switch malfunction
Up switch malfunction
Down switch malfunction.
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
POSSIBLE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A7
CAUSE Open circuit in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal D and ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal A and TCM terminal A3
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal B and TCM terminal A4
Short to ground in wiring harness between selector lever component terminal C and TCM terminal A?
Damaged connector between selector lever component and TCM
TCM malfunction
@) TCM
SELECTOR LEVER
COMPONENT
SHORT CORD
@ @
l*------~~ Dl-------~~A
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR TCM SHORT CORD CONNECTOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR (WIRING HARNESS-SIDE) (TCM SIDE)
_0_ rx1 n
G D
K
05-028-44
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF M RANGE SWITCH, UP Yes Go to go to Step 13.
SWITCH, AND DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(engine off)
Shift the selector lever to any except M range.
Inspect for voltage between TCM short cord
4
connector terminals (wiring harness-side}
-Terminal G and ground (M range switch}
-Terminal D and ground (up switch}
-Terminal K and ground (down switch}
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
5 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and TCM terminals (wiring
harness-side}.
-Terminal G and terminal A? (M range
switch}
-Terminal D and terminal A3 (up switch}
-Terminal K and terminal A4 (down switch)
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal G and body ground (M range
switch)
-Terminal D and body ground (up switch}
-Terminal K and body ground (down switch)
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the selector lever component
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
05-028-45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
9 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO No Go to the next step.
GROUND
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal C and body ground (M range
switch)
-Terminal A and body ground (up switch)
-Terminal Band body ground (down switch)
Is there continuity?
10 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH No Replace the selector lever, then go to Step 13.
Inspect theM range switch, up switch, and (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
down switch. REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER
INSPECTION)
Are the switches normal?
11 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between selector lever
component terminal D (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
Is there continuity?
12 INSPECT M RANGE SWITCH, UP SWITCH, AND Yes Go to the next step.
DOWN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and selector lever
component terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal G and terminal C (M range switch)
-Terminal D and terminal A (up switch)
-Terminal K and terminal B (down switch)
Is there continuity?
13 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0819 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in M range, and change gears
by shifting the selector lever (operating the up
and down switches).
Is same DTC present?
14 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-46
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0882 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W28
Short to ground in wiring harness between ROOM 15 A fuse and TCM terminal A 11
Poor connection of TCM connector
TCM malfunction
B+ IG1
......... .........
TCM
TCM 10 A ~ ~METER IG 15 A
FUSE <;FUSE
@ @ 0 @@ @)
//, B ,,,,
//,;1
@@
0 // A
@@) //1/..1
@ @
,,, J A9
SHORT CORD
05-028-47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. j_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT FUSE Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If fuse has been melted, go to the next step.
Inspect METER IG 15 A fuse and TCM 10 A If fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly, then
fuse for malfunction. go to Step 13.
Is it normal?
4 INSPECT VOLTAGE OF POWER SUPPLY Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
(engine off).
Inspect for voltage TCM short cord connector
terminal A and B (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCM SHORT CORD Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Disconnect the TCM short cord connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness and install new fuse,
SHORT TO GROUND then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the positive battery cable. No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between the fuse
terminals and body ground.
- ROOM 15 A fuse terminal and body ground
- TCM 10 A fuse terminal and body ground
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to Step 11 .
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and fuse terminals (wiring
harness-side).
-Terminal A and TCM 10 A fuse
-Terminal B and METER IG 15 A fuse
Is there continuity?
8 INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR Yes Go to the next step.
CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 13.
Disconnect the TCM connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
9 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals and TCM terminals (wiring
harness-side).
-Terminal A and terminal A 1
-Terminal B and terminal A 11
Is there continuity?
05-028-48
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
10 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
SHORT TO GROUND No Go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminals (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
-Terminal A and body ground
-Terminal 8 and body ground
Is there continuity?
11 INSPECT GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the harness, then go to Step 13.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal J (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is there continuity?
12 INSPECT TCM SHORT CORD CIRCUIT FOR Yes Go to the next step.
OPEN CIRCUIT
No Repair or replace the harness, then go to the next step.
Inspect for continuity between TCM short cord
connector terminal J and TCM terminal A9
(wiring harness-side).
Is there continuity?
13 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0882 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Is same DTC present?
14 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028--4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0883 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W29
05-028-50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0942 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W30
DTC P0942 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at D range (valve stuck)
Difference of less than 150 rpm between engine and turbine speeds detected when following conditions
are satisfied while driving:
Monitoring condition:
- Engine running
- Driving in D range
-Counter drive gear (output) revolution speed 500 rpm or more (VSS)
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711, P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722 ,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981 , P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid A stuck
Shift solenoid B stuck
Shift solenoid C stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
C1 clutch slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test.) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0942 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0961 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W31
05-028-52
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0962 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W32
DTC P0962 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input
to the TCM is continuously less than 23 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 83
Open circuit between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 81
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 83
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 81
CAUSE
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
CV CID
83 (+)
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
CV CID
81 (-)
05-028-53
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. 1
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B3 and terminal B
-Terminal B1 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0962 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
I
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-54
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0963 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W33
DTC P0963 Line pressure control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to power)
Short circuit in line pressure control solenoid signal system (The solenoid circuit current value input to the
TCM is continuously more than 1,333 mA for 100 ms or more).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal B and TCM terminal B3
Short to power in wiring harness between line pressure control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal B 1
POSSIBLE
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
.-----------=;__-----*IB3 (+)
TCM
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
@
'-----------~81 (-)
05-028-55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN
RECORDED
Yes Go to the next step. -
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B3 and B1 (wiring
harness-side}.
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
CONTROL SOLENOID FOR POOR No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
CONNECTION
Disconnect the line pressure control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side}. (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B3 and all terminals except B3/B1 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B1 and all terminals except B3/B1
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0963 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-56
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0973 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W34
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
,,,,
//85
@
SHIFT SOLENOID A
ft 1
05-028-57
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0973 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-58
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0974 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W35
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
SHIFT SOLENOID A
LJi II I~
SHIFT SOLENOID A WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR I
X
05-028-59
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID A Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID A FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid A connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B5 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B5 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B5 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0974 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0976 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W36
TCM
@
SHIFT SOLENOID B
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
r---------------------~----------------~82
COUPLE COMPONENT CONNECTOR
05-028-61
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. J
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side}
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B2 (wiring harness-side}. INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0976 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-62
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0977 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W37
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
SHIFT SOLENOID B
05-028-63
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. -
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
- Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID B Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
Is resistance within 11-15 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID B FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid B connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminal B2 (wiring harness-side)
and shift solenoid A terminal A wiring harness-
side).
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminal B2 and all terminals (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
except B2 (wiring harness-side). INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0977 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-64
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0978 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W38
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step .
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0978 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL] .)
I Are any DTCs present?
05-028-65
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0979 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W39
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
1-i\ @
.----------'~0---~H311 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID C
@(j)
'------------~-f'l10 (-)
05-028-66
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B 11 and B 10 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
- Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B11 and terminal B
-Terminal B10 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B10
-Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0979 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?
05-028-67
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0980 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W40
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
@
.------__;;.-----~11 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID C
@ @
l......------=------~10 (-)
05-028-68
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID C Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B11 and B1 0 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID C FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid C connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect fo r continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B11 and all terminals except B11/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B10
-Terminal B10 and all terminals except B11/
B10
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0980 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL] .)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-69
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0981 [AW6AEL]
E6U050200000W41
05-028-70
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0982 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W42
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
CD
r------------(f{B1 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID D
...._----------~18 (-)
05-028-71
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B 17 and terminal B
-Terminal B18 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B18
-Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0982 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-72
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0983 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W43
COUPLE COMPONENT
,.-----......;:;;....__ _ _ _~1 (+)
TCM
SHIFT SOLENOID D
'--------------~18 (-)
05-028-73
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID D Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B17 and B18 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID D FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid D connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B17 and all terminals except B17/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B18
-Terminal B18 and all terminals except B17/
B18
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0983 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05--Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-74
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0984 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W44
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] .)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection .)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step .
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.)
Are the line pressures within the
Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
(See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0984 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I - Are any DTCs present?
05-028-75
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0985 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W45
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@CD @
14 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID E
@CD @
2 (-)
05-028-76
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I_ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position .
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E
CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
Inspect fo r poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B14 and terminal B
-Terminal B22 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B22
-Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0985 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present? ,_
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Periorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-77
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0986 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W46
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
CID
.------....::@'------~14 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID E
~....-
@ ____
_ _ _ _....;:_ ~"f32 ()
05-028-78
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID E Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B14 and B22 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID E FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid E connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B14 and all terminals except B14/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B22
-Terminal B22 and all terminals except B14/
B22
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0986 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-79
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0997 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W47
05-028-80
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0998 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W48
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@(1)
.------.=...._-=------~21 (+)
SHIFT SOLENOID F
@(1)
. . . . _ - - - - - - - - - - ( E - 4 3 1 6 (-)
05-028-81
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. l.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 8.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side}.
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B21 and terminal B
-Terminal B16 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0998 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection. ,
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present? I
05-028-82
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P0999 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W49
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
r-------@
.;;....._----~:21
6
(+)
SHIFT SOLENOID F
@
L...__ _ _ ___;;__ _ _ _ _ (HJ16 (-)
05-028-83
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Pertorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF SHIFT SOLENOID F Yes Go to go to Step 7.
CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B21 and B16 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL SHIFT SOLENOID F FOR Yes Go to the next step.
POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the shift solenoid F connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion) .
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0999 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Pertorm the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P1700 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W50
DTC P1700 Valve control solenoid circuit malfunction at R range (valve stuck)
When all of the following conditions are met while driving in R position and the counter drive gear (output}
speed is 500 rpm or less:
-The difference between the engine and turbine shaft speeds is less than 150 rpm
- The turbine shaft speed is more than the estimated turbine speed value, as derived from the counter
drive gear (output) speed, plus 200 rpm .
-None of the following present: DTC P0706, P0707, P0708, P0711 , P0712, P0713, P0717, P0722,
DETECTION P0961 , P0962, P0963, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0978, P0979, P0980, P0981, P0982, P0983,
CONDITION P0984, P0985, P0986, P0997, P0998, P0999
Diagnostic support note:
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Shift solenoid A stuck
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid B stuck
Shift solenoid E stuck
Line pressure control solenoid stuck
C3 clutch slipping
B2 brake slipping
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-028-85
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. _L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 6.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 INSPECT STALL SPEED Yes Go to the next step.
Measure the stall speed in D range. No Replace the automatic transaxle, then go the Step 6.
(See 05-17B-6 Stall Test. ) (See 05-17B- 30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the stall speed within the specification? INSTALLATION (AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION (AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P1700 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-Q2B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-Q2B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-86
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2757 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W51
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available .
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE TCC control solenoid, and line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
Control valve stuck.
TCM malfunction
05-028-87
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. L
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection .)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2757 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 2 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PID): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
-Drive in the D range, 4GR-6GR (TCC
operation)
Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-88
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2758 [AW6A-EL]
E6U050200000W52
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
ATF level low
Deteriorated ATF
POSSIBLE TCC control solenoid, and line pressure control solenoid stuck
CAUSE Line pressure low
Control valve stuck
TCM malfunction
05-028-89
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step. ]_
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is milky or reddish brown, replace ATF, then
Inspect the ATF condition. go to Step 7 .
-Clear red: Normal (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-17B-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 7.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-17B-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump, then go to Step 7.
Measure the line pressures. Any ranges: Replace the control valve body, then go to
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) Step 6.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
specifications? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect the solenoid valve. No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2758 Yes Replace the TCM , then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Start the engine.
Warm up engine and ATX .
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 2 s or more.
- ATF temperature (TFT PI D): 20 oc {68 F}
or more
- Engine speed: less than 3,000 rpm
- Drive in the D range, 4GR-6GR (TCC no
operation)
Are any DTCs present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No DTC troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-90
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2762 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W53
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT ATF CONDITION Yes Go to the next step.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position. No If the ATF color is light red or reddish brown, replace ATF,
Inspect the ATF condition. then go to Step 6 .
- Clear red: Normal (See 05-178-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
- Light red (pink): Water mixed in fluid REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
-
- Reddish brown: Deteriorated ATF
Is it normal?
(See 05-178-11 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Condition Inspection.)
4 INSPECT ATF LEVEL Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 6.
Warm up the ATX. (See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Is the ATF level within the specification? Inspection.)
(See 05-178-12 Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF) Level Inspection.)
5 INSPECT LINE PRESSURE Yes Go to the next step.
Start the engine. No All ranges: Replace the oil pump or control valve body,
Measure the line pressures. then go to the next step.
(See 05-178-4 Line Pressure Test.) Any ranges: Replace the ATX, then go the next step.
Are the line pressures within the (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
specifications? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2762 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-028-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?
05-028-91
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2763 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W54
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@
.-------@
. ;6: ;....._----~89 (+)
TCCCONTROL
SOLENOID
@
....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _(f-{84 (-)
05-028-92
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step .
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
4 INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL Yes Go to go to Step 7.
SOLENOID CIRCUIT No Go to the next step.
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 7.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side}. (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/
-Terminal B21 and all terminals except B21/ INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
B16
-Terminal B16 and all terminals except B21/
B16
Is there continuity?
7 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2763 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure" . (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-028-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
Are any DTCs present?
05-028-93
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
DTC P2764 [AWGA-EL]
E6U050200000W55
DTC P2764 TCC control solenoid circuit malfunction (short to ground/open circuit)
Open or short circuit in TCC control solenoid signal system (while TCM monitors solenoid output voltage
the voltage that differs from the signal output by CPU in TCM is detected).
Diagnostic support note:
DETECTION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
CONDITION The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
A PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The AT warning light illuminates.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 89
Open circuit between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 84
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal 8 and TCM terminal 89
POSSIBLE
Short to ground in wiring harness between TCC control solenoid terminal A and TCM terminal 84
CAUSE
TCC control solenoid malfunction
Damaged connector between line pressure control solenoid and TCM
TCM malfunction
TCM
COUPLE COMPONENT
@CV @
r---------------------~~~('89 (+)
B
TCC CONTROL @
SOLENOID
A @CV @
'----------------------*1/,,/,t:-~4 (-)
~
LJI I I I I ~
~
[X 89
05-028-94
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
[ 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN Yes Go to the next step.
RECORDED No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been then go to the next step.
recorded?
2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
AVAILABILITY repair information.
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
repair information availability. No Go to the next step.
Is any related repair information available?
3 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Remove the TCM .
(See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
INSPECT RESISTANCE OF TCC CONTROL
SOLENOID CIRCUIT
Inspect for resistance between couple
component terminals B9 and B4 (wiring
Yes
No
Go to go to Step 8.
Go to the next step.
harness-side).
Is resistance within 5.0-5.6 ohms?
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
5 INSPECT TERMINAL TCC CONTROL Yes Go to the next step.
SOLENOID FOR POOR CONNECTION No Replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Disconnect the TCC control solenoid
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Are terminals normal?
6 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Go to the next step.
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No Repair or replace the couple component, then go to Step 8.
Inspect for continuity between couple
component terminals and line pressure control
solenoid terminals (wiring harness-side).
-Terminal B9 and terminal B
-Terminal B4 and terminal A
Is there continuity?
7 INSPECT TERMINAL COUPLE COMPONENT Yes Repair or replace the couple component, then go to the
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND next step.
Inspect for continuity between couple No Replace the control valve body, then go to the next step.
component terminals (wiring harness-side). (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
-Terminal B9 and all terminals except B9/B4 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
-Terminal B4 and all terminals except B9/B4
Is there continuity?
8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2764 Yes Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED (See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected EL].)
connectors. No Go to the next step.
Clear the DTC from the memory using the
WDS or equivalent.
Drive the vehicle in D range and make sure
that gears shift smoothly from 1GR to 6GR.
Is same DTC present?
9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
Perform the "After Repair Procedure". (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-02B-4 AFTER REPAIR No Troubleshooting completed.
PROCEDURE [AW6A-EL].)
I Are any DTCs present?
05-028-95
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [AGWA-EL]
E6U050200000W56
1. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Measure the PID value.
Note
Perform part inspection for the output device
after TCM inspection. DLC-2
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output
signals in the TCM. Therefore, if a monitored
value of an output device is out of
specification, it is necessary to inspect the
A6E3970W002
monitored value of the input device related
to the output device control. Since an output
device malfunction is not directly indicated as a malfunction of the monitored value for the output device, it
is necessary to inspect the output device individually using the simulation function.
05-028-96
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AW6A-EL]
Monitor item Unit! TCM
Condition/Specification Action
(Definition) Condition terminal
- P, R, N position or D/M range (5GR, Inspect the shift solenoid C.
~c 6GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 810, 811
,nift solenoid C) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1GR, Inspect the shift solenoid D.
SSD 2GR, 3GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 817,818
(Shift solenoid D) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
R position (more than 11 km/h {4 Inspect the shift solenoid E.
mph}) or D/M range (1GR, 2GR, (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
SSE
A 4GR, 6GR): solenoid on INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) 814,822
(Shift solenoid E)
Other: solenoid off
-10D-1,000 mA
P, R, N position or D/M range (1 GR, Inspect the shift solenoid F.
SSF 3GR, 4GR, 5GR): solenoid on (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE
A 816, 821
(Shift solenoid F) Other: solenoid off INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
-10D-1,000 mA
TCCC TCC on: solenoid on Inspect the TCC control solenoid.
(TCC solenoid A Other: solenoid off (See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE 84,89
valve) - 20D-1 ,000 mA INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFT
oc, Of (See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF Indicates ATF temperature 87,88
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
temperature)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
ATF temperature 10 oc {50 F}: Inspect the TFT sensor.
TFTV 4.78-4.81 v (See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF ATF temperature 25 oc {77 F}: TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
temperature
v 4.61-4.65 v INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
87,88
signal voltage) ATF temperature 110 oc {230 F}:
2.3o-2.45 v
Inspect the TP sensor.
iOP
CTP: 0% (See 01-40C-28 THROTTLE
\Throttle %
WOT: 100% POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION
-
position)
[AJ].)
R position: R Inspect the TR switch.
TR N position: N (See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION
R/N/D/P -
(TR switch) D range: D [AW6A-EL].)
P position: P
TRD Inspect the TR switch.
D range: On
(TR switch [D On/Off
Other ranges and all positions: Off
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
range]) [AW6A-EL].)
TRR Inspect the TR switch.
(TR switch [R On/Off R position: On
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION -
Other positions and all ranges: Off
position]) [AW6A-EL].)
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
TSS
(Input/turbine RPM Ignition switch ON: 0 rpm (See 05-178-161NPUT/TUR81NE
-
speed sensor) Idle: 70D-800 rpm SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL].)
Inspect the selector lever component.
UPSW
On/Off Up shift at M range: On
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER A3
(Up switch) Other: Off
COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the VSS.
vss (See 05-178-19 VEHICLE SPEED
(Vehicle KPH,MPH Indicates vehicle speed
SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-
-
speed)
EL].)
05-028-97
(
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
05-G3A-1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W36
TCM
,.---
B+ (
M RANGE SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID A
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID A
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCM
B+ 1-----JVVV'-----j ABS!fCS HU/CM
E6U503AW5003
05-03A-2
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
FOREWORD [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W37
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
- warning light flash , and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to following
flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02A-8 DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and AT warning light illuminate, diagnose the applicable
symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03A-5 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
I
~
WARNING LIGHT* NO WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING WITH SYMPTOM
+
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
CHECKDTC
+
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST
,, + DTC
+ WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTCTABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1 . DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
I YMU1 02WBX
05-Q3A-3
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W38
05-03A-4
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W39
Use the chart below to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
- \\lo. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or Vehicle does not move when AP depressed. (See 05-Q3A-9 N0.1
in R position VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE
IN D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [FS5AEL].)
2 Vehicle moves in N position Vehicle creeps in N position. (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.2
Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not VEHICLE MOVES IN N
depressed in N position. POSITION [FS5AEL].)
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope and (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.3
gear does not disengage when P tires do not lock in P position. VEHICLE MOVES IN P
position is disengaged Tires locked when P position is disengaged, POSITION, OR PARKING
vehicle does not move in D range, and R GEAR DOES NOT
position when AP depressed, and engine DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
remains in stall condition. DISENGAGED [FS5A-EL].)
4 Excessive creep Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R (See 05-03A-1 0 N0.4
position without depressing accelerator EXCESSIVE CREEP [FS5A-
pedal. EL].)
5 No creep at all Vehicle does not move in D range, or R (See 05-03A-11 N0.5 NO
position when idling on flat, paved road. CREEP AT ALL [FS5AEL].)
6 Low maximum speed and poor Vehicle acceleration poor at start. (See 05-03A-12 N0.6 LOW
acceleration Delayed acceleration when accelerator MAXIMUM SPEED AND
pedal depressed while driving. POOR ACCELERATION
[FS5AEL].)
7 No shifting Single shift range only. (See 05-03A-14 N0.7 NO
Sometimes shifts correctly. SHIFTING [FS5A-EL].)
8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR) Vehicle does not upshift from 4GR to 5GR (See 05-03A-15 N0.8 DOES
even though vehicle speed is increased. NOT SHIFT TO FIFTH GEAR
Vehicle does not shift to 5GR even though (5GR) [FS5AEL].)
accelerator pedal is released in D range at
60 km/h {37 mph}.
9 Abnormal shifting Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-Q3A- 17 N0.9
ABNORMAL SHIFTING
[FS5A-EL].)
10 Frequent shifting Downshifting occurs immediately even when (See 05-03A-18 N0.1 0
accelerator pedal depressed slightly in D FREQUENT SHIFTING [FS5A-
range. EL].)
11 Shift point is high or low Shift point considerably different from (See 05-Q3A-18 N0.11
automatic shift diagram. SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR
Shift delays when accelerating. LOW [FS5A-EL].)
Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and
engine speed does not increase.
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non- TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches (See 05-03A-18 N0.12
operation TCC operation range. TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC)
NON-OPERATION [FS5A-EL].)
13 No kickdown Does not downshift when accelerator pedal (See 05-03A-20 N0.13 NO
fully depressed within kickdown range. KICKDOWN [FS5A-EL].)
14 Engine flares up or slips when When accelerator pedal is depressed, (See 05-03A-20 N0.14
upshifting or downshifting engine speed increases but vehicle speed ENGINE FLARES UP OR
increases slowly. SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING
When accelerator pedal is depressed while OR DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A
driving, engine speed increases but vehicle EL].)
speed does not.
15 Engine flares up or slips when Engine flares up when accelerator pedal is (See 05-03A-22 N0.15
accelerating vehicle depressed for upshifting. ENGINE FLARES UP OR
Engine flares up suddenly when accelerator SLIPS WHEN
pedal is depressed for downshifting. ACCELERATING VEHICLE
[FS5A-EL].)
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged. (See 05-03A-22 N0.16
(TCC) operation JUDDER UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
OPERATION [FS5A-EL].)
05-03A-5
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N Strong shock is felt when shifting from N to (See 05-03A-24 N0.1?
to R position/range D or N to R position/range at idle. EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK -
FROM N TO D OR N TO R (
POSITION/RANGE [FS5A-
EL].)
18 Excessive shift shock is felt when Excessive shift shock is felt when (See 05-03A-26 N0.18
upshifting and downshifting depressing accelerator pedal to accelerate EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
at upshifting. FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING
During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt AND DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-
when depressing accelerator pedal at EL].)
downshifting.
19 Excessive shift shock on torque Strong shock is felt when TCC engaged. (See 05-03A-28 N0.19
converter clutch (TCC) EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
ON TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) [FS5A-EL].)
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is Transaxle is noisy in all positions and ranges (See 05-03A-28 N0.20
stopped in all positions/ranges when vehicle idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED
IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES
[FS5A-EL].)
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges when (See 05-03A-29 N0.21
stopped in D range, or in R position vehicle idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED
IN D RANGE, OR IN R
POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle (See 05-Q3A-29 N0.22 NO
M range coasts when accelerator pedal is released ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
when in 1GR position of M range at low POSITION OF M RANGE
vehicle speed. [FS5A-EL].)
23 Transaxle overheats Burnt smell emitted from transaxle. (See 05-03A-30 N0.23
Smoke is emitted from transaxle. TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[FS5A-EL].)
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-Q3A-31 N0.24
or in R position position to D range or R position at idle. ENGINE STALLS WHEN
SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR
IN R POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow Engine stalls when brake pedal is (See 05-03A-31 N0.25
speeds or stopping depressed while driving at low speed or ENGINE STALLS WHEN
stopping. DRIVING AT SLOW SPEEDS
OR STOPPING [FS5A-EL].)
26 Starter does not work Starter does not work even when P or N (See 05-03A-32 N0.26
position is selected. STARTER DOES NOT WORK
[FS5A-EL].)
27 Gear position indicator light does not Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-03A-32 N0.2?
illuminate in M range does not illuminate in M range and ignition GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
switch at ON. LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE
[FS5A-EL].)
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-03A-32 N0.28
in D range or P, N, R positions illuminates in D range or P, N, R positions GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
and ignition switch at ON . LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D
RANGE OR P, N, R
POSITIONS [FS5A-EL].)
29 Does not shift up in M range Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-Q3A-33 N0.29
illuminates but vehicle does not upshift DOES NOT SHIFT UP IN M
when selector lever is pushed to "+"side. RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
30 Does not shift down in M range Gear position indicator light in dashboard (See 05-Q3A-33 N0.30
illuminates but vehicle does not downshift DOES NOT SHIFT DOWN IN
when selector lever is pushed to "-"side. M RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
05-03A-6
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W40
I_ X:Applied
Vehicle does not move in D ranqe, or in R position X X X
Vehicle moves in N position X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged X
4 Excessive creep X X X
5 No creep at all X XXX XXXXX
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration XX XXXXXXXX XX
7 No shifting X XXXXXXXX
8 Does not shift to fifth gear (5GR) X X XXXXXXXXXXXX
9 Abnormal shifting X X XXXXXXXXX XX
10 Frequent shifting X XXXXXXXX
11 Shift point is high or low xxxxxxxxx
1 ~ Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation xxxxxxxxxxxxx X
13 No kickdown X X X X
14 Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or X X xxxxxxxx X X
downshifting
15 Engine flares up or slip when accelerating vehicle X X xxxxxxxx X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X xxxxxxxx
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R x X X
I position/range xxxxxxxx
1 ts Excessive shift shock is felt when upsh1tt1ng and
X XXxXXXX X
downshiftinq
19 Exces~jve ~~itt shock on torque converter X XX X X X X
clutch 1TCC1
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
I positions/ranges
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stoppea 1n u
ranqe or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X XX X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X X X
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping X
- '"'6 Starter does not work X X
Gear position indicator light does not illuminate
X
in M ranqe
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates
in D range or P, N, R positions X
29 Does not shift up in M range X X X
30 Does not shift down in M range X X X
Symptom item Electrical system components
ATX outer parts
0
(/)
c:
Q)
(/) 0
(/)
"0 c:
Q)
Q) Q)
(/)
0.
(/) "0
Q)
a; Q)
c: Q) 0
0
(/)
c:
(/)
c:
Q)
:e
::J
0.
(/)
Q)
(/)
c:
Q)
.c
B
Q) (/)
s (3
:c
(/)
-~
(/)
Q_
I-
Q_
Q_
<(
::J
0.
c: ~
t3w c:
I-
Cause of trouble
E6U503AW5001
05-03A-7
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
0en
c
Q)
en
~
::J
~
Q)
0..
E >.
2 ~
>. 0..
"'C
s
0::::
~
0..
e0..
>.
Q)
x<ll CD <( e0.. C)
c ~
~Q)
c c >. 0..
en
c 0 0
~
C)
c e0..
uc t5c 0..
~
>.
-~-
0..
.2 .2 0.. 0..
Q)
e 0 ~ C)
c
tii tii C) 0 0c
0..
"'C
Q) c c c c c c E E c c e
0..
~
Q)
"'C
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 .!a 0 ~
~Q)
0
==::J0.. uc u u t5c t5c uc"'C "'C c t5c C) 0.. (j)
~ ~ :2
c 0
"5 "5
-~ ::J
c c c c 0.. .!a 0 E
"'C .2
.!a 'lij tii :E<ll .2 .2 ::J
tii tii 'lij 0
Q) Q)
0 0
0 0 "5 .2 tii Q) .l:l ::2 c c0
Q)
0 c. c ::J
Cause of trouble 0 c
C) tii
E -= -=E -=E -=E -=E -=E en
~
en
~ 0
~ iii en
~
(.J
.Q. 5 !:!
(.)
(.)
~ Ci:i ~ CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) CJ) a_ a_ (.) ~ CJ) a_ 0 CiS CD ~ f-
E6U503AWf
05-03A-8
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W41
3. Parking mechanism not operating properly
4. Torque converter malfunction
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] .)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 When vehicle is stopped on a flat, level road and Yes Go to the next step.
engine is off, does vehicle move when pushed? No Check for parking mechanism. (See ATX Workshop Manual
(in D range or N, R positions and brake [FS5A-EL].)
released)
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1 P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
4 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-9
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W42
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-Q3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does vehicle creep when selector lever is moved Yes Go to the next step.
slightly in N position? No Adjust selector lever. (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENT.)
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground Reconnect TCM.
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A circuit. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].) I
N0.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W43
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
Vehicle rolls on a downward slope in P position .
DESCRIPTION Tires are locked when P is disengaged. Vehicle does not move in D range, and R position when AP is
depressed, and engine remains in stall condition.
1. Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
POSSIBLE
2. Improper adjustment of selector lever
CAUSE
3. If vehicle moves in N position , perform No.2 "VEH ICLE MOVES IN N POSITION"
4 Excessive creep
DESCRIPTION Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R position without depressing accelerator pedal.
POSSIBLE 1. Engine idle speed high (transaxle system is not cause of problem)
CAUSE 2. Go to No.9 "FAST IDLE/RUNS ON" (See 01-03A-33 N0.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [L3].)
I
05-03A-10
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W45
5 No creep at all
.... ESCRIPTION Vehicle does not move in D range and R position when idling on flat, paved road .
Either transaxle is stuck in 3GR or 4GR position, or clutch slippage due to a stuck 3-4 clutch is stuck.
1. Clutch burned
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
2. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation of fail-safe function)
CAUSE
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Electronic parts of output and input system have malfunction
3. Engine torque is not start
Torque converter malfunction
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does vehicle creep in any range/position? Yes Go to the next step.
No Inspect or adjust selector lever.
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
APP1
APP2
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
3 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
4 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
5 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W46
05-03A-12
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step.
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.27 "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS:'
2 Go to No.12 "LACK/LOSS OF POWER- Yes Go to the next step.
ACCELERATION/CRUISE". No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-Q3A-39 N0.12 LACK/LOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [L3].)
Is CIS system okay?
3 Disconnect transaxle connector. Yes Go to the next step.
Does vehicle operate as follows? No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
defective parts.
D range: 3GR (fixed) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
R position: Reverse If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
05-03A-13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.7 NO SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W47
7 No shifting
-
DESCRIPTION Single shift range only.
Sometimes it shifts correctly.
When the gear position is fixed in 3GR due to the fail-safe operation, the malfunction is in the ATX.
Perform malfunction diagnosis according to No.6 "LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR
ACCELERATION".
1. Clutch slippage, burned
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE Control valve body malfunction
CAUSE 2. Signal malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation in fail-safe function)
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Disconnected shift solenoid connector
Poor ground of shift solenoid
4. Transaxle fixed in M range
M range switch malfunction
05-03A-14
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO FIFTH GEAR (SGR) [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W48
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
2. Transaxle fluid temperature sensor malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
POSSIBLE
Sensor malfunction
CAUSE
3. TR switch malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Sensor malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
4. Pressure control solenoid B, shift solenoid A, shift solenoid B, shift solenoid 0, Shift solenoid F valve
malfunction
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Solenoid valve stuck
5. M range switch malfunction
6. Control valve body malfunction
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
05-03A-15
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step. 1
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.2? "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOE ~
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No. 30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS:'
2 Inspect voltage at the following TCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
TFT
TFTV
Is voltage okay?
3 Inspect the value at the following TCM PIDs Yes Overhaul the control valve body and repair or replace any
using WDS or equivalent. malfunctioning parts.
LPS B (See ATX workshop manual [FS5A-EL].)
SSA/SS1 If any problem remains, overhaul the transaxle and repair or
SSB/SS2 replace any malfunctioning parts.
SSD/SS4 (See ATX workshop manual [FS5A-EL].)
SSF_SS6 No Go to the next step.
Are the PID values normal?
4 Disconnect TCM. Yes Check value at the following TCM PIDs using WDS or
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P equivalent.
and body ground, and between TCM ground PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0 TR
ohms?
TSS
oss
Repair or replace any defective parts.
No Repair open ground circuit.
Reconnect TCM.
5 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repai~
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-16
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W49
9 Abnormal shifting
"""\ESCRIPTION Shift incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern) .
There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (accelerator pedal position sensor, TP
sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, vehicle speed sensor), the control valve is stuck, the accumulator
(forward or servo apply) is stuck, or the clutch circuit is stuck.
1. Clutch slipped , burned
Line pressure low
Control valve body malfunction
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
POSSIBLE Body GND malfunction
CAUSE 2. Signal malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. TR switch malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] .)
-""';agnostic procedure
JEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair open ground circuit. Reconnect TCM.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
2 Check value at the following. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent): any defective parts.
APP (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
TP_REL No Repair or replace any defective parts.
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP
TSS
oss
vss
Are they okay?
3 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-17
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W50
10 Frequent shifting
DESCRIPTION Downshifting occurs immediately even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range . (
The circuit which is the cause is basically the same as No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING". However, a
POSSIBLE malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator pedal position sensor, TP sensor, input/turbine speed
CAUSE sensor, vehicle speed sensor (including the sensor GND, sensor harness and connector), or clutch
slippage {clutch stuck, low pressure in line) may also be the cause.
1. TCC burned
{1) Input sensor system malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor
Input/turbine speed sensor
Sensor GND
(2) Output solenoid valve system malfunction (Sticking)
Shift solenoid E malfunction
POSSIBLE
Shift solenoid A malfunction
CAUSE
(3) Control valve body malfunction system (Poor operation, stuck)
TCC hydraulic pressure system
2. TP sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
4. Input/turbine speed sensor or vehicle speed sensor malfunction
5. Brake switch malfunction (Always ON)
6. ECT sensor malfunction
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL).)
05-03A-18
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 With ignition switch at ON, does gear position Yes Go to the next step.
indicator light indication correspond to selector No Go to No.2? "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
lever position? NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.30 "GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS."
2 Check value at the following. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 01-40A- 9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
APP
TP_REL
vss
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP
3
oss
TSS
Are they okay?
Disconnect TCM.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
Yes
No
Go to the next step.
Repair harness.
4 Measure resistance between TCM terminal 1A Yes Go to the next step.
and transaxle connector terminal A, and No Repair shift solenoid A or E circuit. Reconnect TCM.
between TCM terminal 1H and transaxle
connector te rminal F. Are the resistances less
than 5.0 ohms?
5 Inspect shift solenoids A and E. Yes Replace TCM .
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE defective parts.
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Are the shift solenoids operating properly? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
6 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repai r Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-19
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.13 NO KICKDOWN [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W53
13 No kickdown I
DESCRIPTION Does not downshift when accelerator pedal is fully depressed within kickdown range .
POSSIBLE If transaxle does not downshift though shifting is normal, malfunction is in accelerator pedal position
CAUSE sensor or TP sensor circuit (including sensor GND, sensor harness and connector). I
05-03A-20
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 Is shift point okay? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING".
2 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
APP
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
3 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair harness. Reconnect TCM.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
4 Inspect LPS PID value. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05--17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- defective parts.
EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Is the LPS PID value normal? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
5 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-21
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W55
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-Q3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
05-03A-22
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 Inspect voltage at the following TCM terminals. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- No Repair or replace any defective parts.
EL].)
21, 2K (Input/turbine speed sensor)
Are they okay?
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair harness.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Measure resistance between following TCM Yes Go to the next step.
terminal and transaxle connector terminal. No Repair shift solenoid A circuit.
TCM terminal 1A and transaxle connector
terminal A
TCM terminal 1H and transaxle connector
terminal F
Is the resistance less than 5.0 ohms?
4 Inspect shift solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE defective parts.
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Is the solenoid valve operating properly? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
5 Inspect LPS PID value. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- defective parts.
EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Is the LPS PID value normal? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Replace TCM.
6 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-23
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N TO 0 OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W57
05-03A-24
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 Does shift shock occur only when engine cold? Yes Go to the next step.
No Go to Step 3.
2 Disconnect TCM. Yes Check value at the following.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P (See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
and body ground, and between TCM ground (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0 PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
ohms? APP
TP_REL
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP
TFT
TFTV
Repair or replace any defective parts.
No Repair harness. Reconnect TCM.
3 Perform stall test. (See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) Yes Go to the next step.
Is stall speed okay? No Go to Step 5.
4 Inspect voltage at the following TCM PID using Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
WDS or equivalent. defective parts.
(See05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
TR any defective parts.
Is the PID value normal? (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
5 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
APP
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
6 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1 P No Repair harness. Reconnect TCM.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
7 Inspect LPS PID value. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- defective parts.
EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Is the LPS PID value normal? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
8 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-25
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W58
DESCRIPTION Excessive shift shock felt when depressing accelerator pedal to accelerate at upshifting. During
cruising, excessive shift shock is felt when depressing accelerator pedal at downshifting.
Shift shock may worsen when fail-safe is operating. The shift shock may worsen if the signal from the
accelerator pedal position sensor, TP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or vehicle speed sensor has a
malfunction.
1. Clutch slipped, burned (Forward clutch, 2-4 brake band, 3-4 clutch)
Line pressure low, high
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid B malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor misadjustment
Control valve body malfunction
Body GND malfunction
2. Signal malfunction
POSSIBLE Transaxle temperature sensor malfunction
CAUSE Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
TP sensor malfunction
Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
Pressure switch malfunction
Forward accumulator malfunction
Servo apply accumulator malfunction
4. Engine mounts installation
Loose attaching bolts
Worn parts
I
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
05-03A-26
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 Inspect the engine mounts for loose tightening Yes Go to the next step.
bolts or worn parts. No Readjust, tighten or replace engine mounts.
Are all engine mounts normal?
2 Perform stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) No Repair or replace any defective parts.
Is stall speed okay?
3 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].)
APP
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
4 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1 P No Repair harness. Reconnect TCM .
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
5 Inspect LPS PID value. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- defective parts.
EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
Is the LPS PID value normal? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
6 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-27
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W59
N0.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES [FSSA-Ell
E6U0503dOOOOW60
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect engine condition. Yes Go to appropriate symptom troubleshooting. (See 01-Q3A-
Is there any engine concern (i.e. rough idle}? 10 ENGINE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3].)
No Go to the next step.
2 Does noise stop when transaxle connector is Yes Go to the next step.
disconnected? No Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL] .)
If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replacr
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
3 Check value at the following. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3].) No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
PCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
APP
TP_REL
vss
TCM PIDs (using WDS or equivalent):
THOP
oss
TSS
Are they okay?
4 Disconnect TCM . Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1 P No Repair harness. Reconnect TCM.
and body ground, and between TCM ground
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
5 Inspect LPS PID value. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- defective parts.
EL].) (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
Is the LPS PID value normal? If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
6 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repai;
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-28
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION rFS5A-ELl
'!::suo5oaoooooile-s1
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D range, or in R position
-
'1ESCRIPTION Transaxle noisy in driving ranges when vehicle idling.
Although the malfunction is basically the same as No.20 "NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE
IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES", other causes may be selector lever position disparity or
TR switch position disparity.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-Q3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
DESCRIPTION Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle coasts when accelerator pedal is released when in 1GR of M
range at low vehicle speed.
1. Clutch slippage, burned (low and reverse brake)
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
Body GND malfunction
2. Signal malfunction
POSSIBLE TP sensor malfunction
CAUSE Accelerator pedal position sensor malfunction
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
3. M range switch ON not judged by TCM (short, or open circuit, poor operation)
M range switch signal malfunction
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Do the following symptoms concurrently Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting N0.14 "ENGINE FLARES
occur? UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING"
- Engine flares up or slips during or No.15 "ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
acceleration. ACCELERATING VEHICLE".
- Engine flares up or slips when shifting. No Repeat basic inspection and repair or replace any defective
parts according to inspection result.
(See 05-D3A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
2 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-29
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W63
23 Transaxle overheats
Note
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect oil cooler pipes for bends, damage, Yes Go to the next step.
corrosion or kinks. No Replace any defective parts.
Are oil cooler pipes okay?
2 Perform stall test. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17A-6 Stall Test.) No Repair or replace any defective parts.
Is stall speed okay?
3 Check value at the following PCM PIDs using Yes Go to the next step.
WDS or equivalent. No Repair or replace any defective parts.
(See 01-40A-9 PCM INSPECTION [L3] .)
APP
TP_REL
Are PID values okay?
I
4 Disconnect TCM. Yes Go to the next step.
Is resistance between TCM ground terminal 1P No Repair harness.
and body ground, and between TCM ground Reconnect TCM .
terminal 10 and body ground less than 5.0
ohms?
5 Inspect Pressure control solenoid A. Yes Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE defective parts.
INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
BODY) [FS5A-EL].) If problem remains, overhaul transaxle and repair or replace
Is it okay? any defective parts.
(See ATX Workshop Manual [FS5A-EL].)
No Repair or replace any defective parts.
6 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-30
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W64
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.1 0 "LOW Yes Repeat basic inspection and repair or replace any defective
IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION". parts according to inspection result.
(See 01-03A-34 N0.1 0 LOW IDLE/STALLS (See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
DURING DECELERATION [L3].) No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
Is engine control system okay? inspection results.
2 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
Diagnostic procedure
~TEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.10 "LOW Yes Go to the next step.
IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION". No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
(See 01-03A-34 N0.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS inspection results.
DURING DECELERATION [L3].)
Does engine control system okay?
2 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.5 "ENGINE Yes Repeat basic inspection and repair or replace any defective
STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE". parts according to inspection result.
(See 01-03A-21 N0.5 ENGINE (See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [L3].) No Repair or replace any defective parts according to
Is engine control system okay? inspection results.
3 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-31
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
N0.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W66
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Are other indicator lights illuminated with ignition Yes Go to the next step.
switch at ON? No Inspect meter fuse.
2 Inspect voltage at TCM terminai 2B. Yes Inspect instrument cluster.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- No Repair or replace any defective part.
EL].)
Is voltage okay?
3 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed . t
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM . I
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect voltage at TCM terminal 2B. Yes Inspect instrument cluster.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A- No Repair or replace any defective part.
EL].)
Is voltage okay?
2 Verify test results.
- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-32
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
N0.29 DOES NOT SHIFT UP IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL]
E6U050300000W69
29 No shift up in M range
'ESCRIPTION Gear position indicator light in dashboard illuminates, but vehicle does not upshift when selector lever is
pushed to "+" side.
Up switch or related harness malfunction
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted .
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect UP SW PID value using the WDS or Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
equivalent. No Inspect the up switch.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
If the up switch is normal, inspect for continuity between
EL].) the up switch and TCM terminal 20.
Is the UP SW PID value normal?
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If the malfunction remains, inspect the Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If the vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
30 No shift up in M range
DESCRIPTION Gear position indicator light in dashboard illuminates, but vehicle does not downshift when selector
lever is pushed to "- " side.
Down switch or related harness malfunction
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-Board Diagnostic
and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
(See 05-03A-4 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect OWN SW PID value using the WDS or Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
equivalent. No Inspect the up switch.
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-
EL].)
If the up switch is normal, inspect for continuity between
the up switch and TCM terminal 2F.
Is the OWN SW PID value normal?
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If the malfunction remains, inspect the Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If the vehicle repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, replace TCM .
05-03A-33
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
05-038 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL N0.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE
YSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
LAW6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-2 OPERATION [AW6A-EL] ............ 05-03B-21
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL] ............ 05-03B-3 N0.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
BASIC INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ...... 05-03B-4 FROM N TO D OR N TO
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING R POSITION/RANGE [AW6A-EL] ..... 05-03B-21
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL] .......... 05-03B-4 Initial Learning .................... 05-03B-23
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [AW6A-EL] 05-03B-7 N0.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
N0.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION DOWNSHIFTING [AW6A-EL] ......... 05-03B-23
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-11 N0.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON
N0.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
[AW6A-EL] ...................... 05-03B-12 (TCC) [AW6A-EL] .................. 05-03B-24
N0.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, N0.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
DISENGAGE WHEN P IS POSITIONS/RANGES [AW6A-EL] ..... 05-038-24 1 1 :
DISENGAGED [AW6A-EL] ...... . ... 05-03B-12 N0.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
N0.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [AW6A-EL] .. 05-03B-12 VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE,
N0.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [AW6A-EL] .. 05-03B-13 OR IN R POSITION [AW6A-EL] ....... 05-038-25
N0.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND N0.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN
POOR ACCELERATION [AW6A-EL] .. 05-03B-14 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE
N0.7 NO SHIFTING [AW6A-EL] ....... 05-03B-15 [AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-038-25
N0.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 6GR N0.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-15 [AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-038-26
N0.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING N0.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-17 SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN
N0.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING R POSITION [AW6A-EL] ............ 05-038-27
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-18 N0.25 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
t-10.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED OR
\W6A-EL] ....................... 05-03B-18 STOPPING [AW6A-EL] ........... 05-038-27
. J.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH N0.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK
(TCC) NON-OPERATION [AW6A-EL] . 05-03B-18 [AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-038-28
N0.13 NO KICKDOWN [AW6A-EL] .... 05-03B-20 N0.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
N0.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN
WHEN UPSHIFTING OR M RANGE [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-038-28
DOWNSHIFTING [AW6A-EL] ........ 05-03B-20 N0.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
N0.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE OR P, N, R POSITIONS [AW6A-EL] .... 05-038-29
[AW6A-EL] ................ . ...... 05-03B-21 N0.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN
M RANGE [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-038-29
N0.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN
M RANGE [AW6A-EL] .............. 05-038-29
05-038-1
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W01
TRSWITCH
(INTEGRATED IN TCM)
TCC CONTROL
SOLENOID
INPUT!TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
LINE PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
TFT SENSOR
SHIFT SOLENOID F
UP SWITCH
DOWN SWITCH
.(
M RANGE SWITCH
TCM SHIFT SOLENOID C
OTHER MODULE
CAN-H
CAN
CAN-L
SHIFT SOLENOID D
OTHER MODULE
SHIFT SOLENOID E
IG1
B+ STARTER RELAY
D6U517CS7004
05-038-2
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
FOREWORD [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W02
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indicator light flash , and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to
following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02B-5 DTC TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and the AT warning indicator light illuminate, diagnose
the applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE
[AW6A-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
I
WARNING LIGHT*
ON/FLASHING
NO WARNING LIGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
~
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
CHECKDTC
+
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
,, +
TEST
DTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC) DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
DTCTABLE (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
DTC 1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING 2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
FLOW 3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
I YMU102WBX
05-Q38-3
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
BASIC INSPECTION [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W03
05-038-4
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
6 Low maximum speed and poor Vehicle acceleration is poor at start. (See 05-038-14 N0.6 LOW
- acceleration Delayed acceleration when accelerator MAXIMUM SPEED AND
pedal is depressed while driving. POOR ACCELERATION
[AW6A-EL].)
7 No shifting Single shift range only. (See 05-038-15 NO.7 NO
Sometimes shifts correctly. SHIFTING [AW6A-EL].)
8 Does not shift to 6GR Vehicle does not upshift from 5GR to (See 05-038-15 N0.8 DOES
6GR even though vehicle speed NOT SHIFT TO 6GR [AW6A-
increased. EL].)
Vehicle does not shift to 6GR even
though accelerator pedal is released in
D range at 80 km/h {50 mph}.
9 Abnormal shifting Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-038-17 N0.9
ABNORMAL SHIFTING
[AW6A-EL].)
10 Frequent shifting Downshifting occurs suddenly even (See 05-038-18 N0.1 0
05-Q38-5
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
No. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle Transaxle is noisy in all positions and (See 05-03B-24 N0.20
is stopped in all positions/ranges ranges when vehicle is idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE -
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPE'
IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGE~
[AW6A-EL].)
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges (See 05-03B-25 N0.21
is stopped in D range, or in R when vehicle is idling. NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
position WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED
IN D RANGE , OR IN R
POSITION [AW6A-EL].)
22 No engine braking in 1GR position Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle (See 05-03B-25 N0.22 NO
of M range coasts when accelerator pedal is ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
released during cruising at medium to POSITION OF M RANGE
high speeds. [AW6A-EL].)
Engine speed drops to idle but vehicle
coasts when accelerator pedal is
released when in M range (1 GR) at low
vehicle speed.
23 Transaxle overheats Burnt smell emitted from the transaxle . (See 05-03B-26 N0.23
Smoke is emitted from the transaxle . TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[AW6A-EL].)
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-03B-27 N0.24
range, or in R position position to D range or R position at idle. ENGINE STALLS WHEN
SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR
IN R POSITION [AW6A-EL].)
25 Engine stalls when driving at slow Engine stalls when brake pedal is (See 05-03B-27 N0.25
speeds or stopping depressed while driving at low speed or ENGINE STALLS WHEN
stopping. DRIVING AT SLOW SPEED
OR STOPPING [AW6A-EL].)
26 Starter does not work Starter does not work even when P or N (See 05-03B-28 N0.26
position is selected. STARTER DOES NOT WORK
[AW6A-EL].) I
27 Gear position indicator light does Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03B-28 N0.27
not illuminate in M range instrument cluster does not illuminate in GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
M range with ignition switch at ON. LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE
[AW6A-EL].)
28 Gear position indicator light Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03B-29 N0.28
illuminates in D range or P, N, R instrument cluster illuminates in D range GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
positions or P, N R positions with ignition switch at LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D
ON. RANGE OR P, N, R
POSITIONS [AW6A-EL].)
29 Does not upshift in M range Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03B-29 N0.29
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M
does not upshift when selector lever is RANGE [AW6A-EL].)
pushed to "+" side.
30 Does not downshift in M range Gear position indicator light in (See 05-03B-29 N0.30
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
does not downshift when selector lever RANGE [AW6A-EL].)
is pushed to "-" side.
05-038-6
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W05
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
downshifting X X X X
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges X X X
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position X X
22 No enoine brakinq in 1GR position of M ranqe X X
23 Transaxle overheats X X X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Enoine stalls when drivinq at slow speeds or stopping
26 Starter does not work X X X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range X X X
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions X X
29 Does not upshift in M ranoe X X X
30 Does not downshift in M ranoe X
Electrical system components
Symptom item ATX outer parts
CAN
Ol signal
c:c
n;
~
tii
+=
:~
.s:::
.8
"3:
(/)
.s:::
cc -.:::- .8
1-
-,--
~
c.
>.
~
~
()
0..
*::J
C3
c(])
E 0z
.s:::
.8
"3:(/)
cc
-~
(])
Ol
c
~
.s:::
.8
"3:
(/)
c.
c c
0
"0
(]) e ()
0.. E 2 1- ::2: ::J
0
~
"0 E c. (!)
~ .!:
c t5 '>,
~
(])
E
E ~
Ol
0
<;:
"13
0
~ "13
0
0
<;:
~
(])
c.
c
~(])
g c g c.
Ol
c..
"0
.lB
(])
c.
<;: (])
c. (])
"13 (/) c. 15 c.
"0
(])
c: c ::J
(])
(/)
(/) (/)
'' ~ c.
(])
Ol
c 0 (])
c. c. 0 lii
c 15c .!!! 15 c (/) 0 += ;s:
.E ~ 0
(/)
al c
::J (])
"5 "5 "5
c E c. c.
"0 Ol (])
0 c E c E c E
~ "3:
(]) Ol
~ ~ ~
"3: ~
+= c
Cause of trouble
(])
"3: "3:
15 15 c.
s Ol
~ :.;;:: c c c c
(]) (]) (]) (])
Ol
"(ij 0c Ol
"(ij 0c Ol
"(ij 0c
Qi 15
~ z 15 c. c. c. c.
al 0 .0 0 .0 0 .0
en z z z z (!) 0 0 0 0 z <1: z <1: z <1:
D6U503CW7001
05-038-7
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
~II_
1 Vehicle does not move in D range, or in R position X X
2 Vehicle moves in N position X X
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not
disengage when P is disengaged I
4 Excessive creep
5 No creep at all X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Low maximum speed and poor acceleration X X X X X X X X X X X X X
7 No shifting X X X X X X X X X X X X X
8 Does not shift to 6GR X X X
9 Abnormal shiftinQ X X X X X X X X X X
10 Frequent shifting X X X X X X X X X X
11 Shift point is hiQh or low X X
12 Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation X X X
13 No kickdown
14 EnQine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting X X X X X X X X X X
15 EnQine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle X X X X X X X X X X
16 Judder upon torque converter clutch .(TCC) operation X X X X X
17 Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range X X X X X
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
X X X X X X X X X X X X
downshiftinQ
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges X X
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range , or in R position
22 No enQine brakinQ in 1GR position of M ranoe X X X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D ranQe, or in R position X X
25 EnQine stalls when drivino at slow speeds or stoppino X X
26 Starter does not work X
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M ranQe
30 Does not downshift in M range X X
Electrical system components \
Symptom item
ATX outer parts ATX inner parts
.s::: (])
en 0
c: c: 0en
":
en
:e
::::l
(])
en. c:
c: s-o (])
en
s:0 (/)
(/)
::::l (])
c.. CD f-
u.
"0
o
0 > -c: 0..
en f- c:
(])
0en
~
"0
o
c:
~
(]) 0
<1: co 0en (.) u. (.) 0 w
E? o
"0 "0
"5 ~
"0 "0
o o o
"0 "0
o
~
~ ::::l c: c:
(.) c: c: en c:
c:
..Q (]) (]) en (]) (]) (]) (])
~
en
.t: .t:
0
(.)
(.)
a.
(]) .t:
en
.t:
en
~
en
.t:
.!!! E E (.) c: E E .s::: E
(/) (/) (/)
(/) (/) (/) f- :.:::i (/)
D6U503CW(
05-038-8
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
18 Excessive shift shock is given when upshifting and
downshifting X X X X X X X X X X X
19 Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC) X X X
20 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all
positions/ranges
21 Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D
range, or in R position
22 No engine braking in 1GR position of M range X X X X
23 Transaxle overheats X
24 Engine stalls when shifted to D range, or in R position X
25 Engine stalls when drivinQ at slow speeds or stopping X
26 Starter does not work
27 Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range
28 Gear position indicator light illuminates in D range or P, N,
R positions
29 Does not upshift in M ranqe
- 30 Does not downshift in M ranqe
Hydraulic system components
Symptom item
Control valve body
>-
~
o_
~
-
:;
~
o_ c:;
Cl
c:
~(]) -
:;
.!::!
:;
~
>-
~
0 ~ ~
:; :::J
>- >- >- >- >- c: c:; c:;
o_
0
- ~
~
c:;
.!::!
:; "5 ~
"'C
>-
.!::
:;
"'C ---- :; :; :;
~ ~ ~
c:; c:; c:;
o_ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .!!? ~ (]) c:;
c:
o_ o_ o_ o_ c. .2 .!::! "R .2 .!::! .!::! .!::!
~ .!:: :; :; 0 :; :; :; :; >-
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .s
c. o_ .!:: en
~ ~ ~
Cl
o_ c. o_ c. :::J
c: Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl 0 "'C
c: c: c: c: c:
~ ~
"'C
>- >-
"'C
"5
c:
ec ~
"'C "'C "'C
>- >- >- >- ~
~
c.
"'C
05-038-9
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
Powertrain
Symptom item
>.
>. ~
~ c.
c. e
e
c.
c.
0)
"0 c
~Ql
~
>.
c. 0) ~
Ql c.
c.
0
0
0
.!::
Qi e
c.
i Cil
0c c Ql
c. 0)
~ .:.:: .~ c
.c
~ .~ ~ 0 ~Ql
.c .c .J::.
~
0)
c c.
B .c B Ql ~ 0
:::J :::J >
c (.)
~ B ()
0 ~ 0c
:::J
0)
c ~ ~ (.) (.)
Ql .~ .~
Cause of trouble c.. c::; ~ :::J
(.) (.)
.Q- Ql
c !:: (.) (.)
il.i CD 0 ~ 1- 1-
D6U503CW7004
05-038-10
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W06
- Selector lever malfunction
- Parking mechanism not operating properly
-Torque converter malfunction
- N position learning is not performed
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 When the vehicle is stopped on a flat, level Yes Go to the next step.
road and the engine off, does the vehicle No Inspect for parking mechanism.
move when pushed? (in D range or N, R
positions with the brake pedal released)
2 Start the engine. Yes Inspect or adjust selector lever.
Does vehicle move when selector lever in (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
between N position and D range? (See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17B-28 Neutral Position Learning .)
No Go to the next step.
3 Stop the engine. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worn)
Inspect following solenoid. (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
- Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
- Shift solenoid D (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
- Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
- Shift solenoid F
- Line pressure control solenoid
Are these normal?
4 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-11
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W07
If the vehicle moves in N position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. Since a malfunction in the
sensor circuit or output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output
circuit, and the related wiring harnesses.
-Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch , One-way clutch)
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
POSSIBLE Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
CAUSE Control valve body malfunction
-Selector lever position disparity (Although the selector indicator shows N position, the hydraulic
circuit shows D range or R position)
N position learning is not performed
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does the vehicle creep when selector lever is Yes Go to the next step.
moved slightly in N position? No Inspect and adjust the selector lever.
(See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
Perform N position learning.
(See 05-17B-28 Neutral Position Learning.)
2 Inspect following solenoid. Yes Replace the ATX (clutch slippage, worm).
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) \
- Shift solenoid C No Inspect the coupler component.
- Shift solenoid D If normal, replace the control valve body.
Are these solenoids normal? (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
3 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
N0.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W08
3 Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
Vehicle rolls on a downward slope in P position .
DESCRIPTION Tires are locked when P is disengaged. Vehicle does not move in D range, and R position when the
accelerator pedal is depressed, and the engine remains in a stalled condition.
POSSIBLE Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
CAUSE Improper adjustment of selector lever
If the vehicle moves in N position, perform No.2 "VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION"
4 Excessive creep
DESCRIPTION Vehicle accelerates in D range, and R position when accelerator pedal is not depressed . '
POSSIBLE Engine idle speed is high (transaxle system is not cause of problem)
Go to No.9 "FAST IDLE/RUNS ON"
CAUSE
(See 01-03C-32 N0.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [AJ].) I
05-038-12
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W1 0
5 No creep at all
- ""ESCRIPTION
Vehicle does not move in D range and R position when idling on a flat paved road .
Either engine output low or there is clutch slippage .
-Clutch burnt (C1 clutch, C3 clutch)
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Body GND malfunction
POSSIBLE
Control valve body malfunction
- Transaxle fixed in 3GR or 5GR* (Operation of fail-safe function)
CAUSE
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
-There is no engine torque
Torque converter malfunction
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does the vehicle creep in P and/or N Yes Inspect or adjust the selector lever.
position? (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-18-7 SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
No Go to the next step.
2 Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect following solenoid . No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE If normal, replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] .) (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
- Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
- Shift solenoid F
- Line pressure control solenoid
Are these solenoids normal?
3 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) transaxle.
Inspect the torque converter. (See 05- 17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the torque converter normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
4 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
* : If case of shift solenoid C failure
05-038-13
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W11
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 With the ignition switch at the ON position , Yes Go to the next step.
does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.28 "GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANG
OR P, N, R POSITIONS".
2 Go to No.12 "LACK/LOSS OF POWER- Yes Go to the next step.
ACCELERATION/CRUISE". No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03C-38 N0.12 LACK/LOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [AJ].) inspection results.
Does engine control system normal?
3 Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect following solenoid . No Inspect the coupler component.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE
If normal, replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
- Shift solenoid C (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
- Shift solenoid D INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
- Shift solenoid E
-Shift solenoid F
-Line pressure control solenoid
Are they normal?
4 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) transaxle.
Inspect the torque converter. (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the torque converter normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
5 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired , troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM . I
* : If case of shift solenoid C failure
05-038-14
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.7 NO SHIFTING [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W12
7 No shifting
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
05-038-15
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step. J
Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.2? "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOE ~
indication correspond to selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.28 "GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS".
2 Drive the vehicle in D range and inspect Yes Go to the next step.
following: No No shift at all:
-1-2 shift up and down
- 2-3 shift up and down
Go to No.7 "NO SHIFTING".
Abnormal shift:
- 3-4 shift up and down
- 4-5 shift up and down
Go to No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING".
- 5-6 shift up and down
Are all shift-up and shift-down possible?
3 Stop the engine. Yes Go to the next step.
Inspect following solenoid . No Inspect for shift solenoid stuck.
(See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE (See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) EL].)
- Shift solenoid C
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
- Shift solenoid F
- Line pressure control solenoid
Are they normal?
4 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition .
(See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) transaxle.
Inspect the torque converter. (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the torque converter normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) (
No Replace the torque converter.
5 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired , troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-16
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W14
9 Abnormal shifting
"lESCRIPTION Shift incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern) .
There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (Throttle position signal, input/turbine
speed sensor, VSS), the control valve is stuck, or the clutch circuit is stuck.
-Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, B1 brake)
Line pressure low
Incorrect throttle position signal
VSS malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Sensor GND malfunction
Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid D malfunction
POSSIBLE Shift solenoid E malfunction
CAUSE Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
TCC control solenoid malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Body GND malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect for continuity between the TCM Yes Go to the next step.
terminal A9 and battery negative terminal. No Repair or replace ground circuit.
Is there continuity?
2 Inspect following shift solenoids. Yes Inspect the TCM terminal for bend, damage, corrosion or
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE poor contact.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) No Inspect the coupler component.
- Shift solenoid C If normal, replace the control valve body.
- Shift solenoid D (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
- Shift solenoid E INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
- Line pressure control solenoid
- TCC control solenoid
- Shift solenoid F
Are they normal?
3 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-17
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W1 5
10 Frequent shifting
DESCRIPTION Downshifting occurs suddenly even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range. (
I
The malfunctioning circuit is basically the same as No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING". However, a
POSSIBLE malfunction of the input signal to the accelerator pedal position sensor, TP sensor, inpuVturbine speed
CAUSE sensor, VSS (including the sensor GND, sensor wiring harness and connector), or clutch slippage
(clutch stuck, low pressure in line) may also be the cause.
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION (AW6A-EL].)
05-038-18
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
L 1 With the ignition switch at the ON position. Yes Go to the next step.
Does the gear position indicator light No Go to No.27 "GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
indication correspond to the selector lever NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE", or No.28 "GEAR
position? POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
OR P, N, R POSITIONS".
2 Disconnect the TCM . Yes Go to the next step.
Is the resistance between the TCM ground No Repair open ground circuit.
terminal A9 and the body GND less than 5.0
ohms?
3 Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
Is the line pressure control solenoid normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
(See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) transaxle.
Inspect the torque converter. (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Is the torque converter normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
5 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-19
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.13 NO KICKDOWN [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W18
13 No kickdown I
DESCRIPTION Does not downshift when accelerator pedal is fully depressed within kickdown range .
POSSIBLE If transaxle does not downshift though shifting is normal, the malfunction is in the accelerator pedal
position sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor circuits (including sensor GND, sensor wiring
CAUSE
harness and connector) . I
N0.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W19
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection results.
2 Is shift point normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-7 ROAD TEST [AW6A-EL].) No Go to No.9 "ABNORMAL SHIFTING".
3 Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition .
Inspect following solenoids. If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
-Shift solenoid C INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
-Shift solenoid D If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
the control valve body.
-Shift solenoid E (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
- Line pressure control solenoid INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
- TCC control solenoid
No Replace the control valve body.
- Shift solenoid F (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
Are they normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
4 Inspect the coupler component for open or Yes Go to the next step.
short. No Replace the coupler component.
Are coupler component normal?
5 Inspect the ATF condition. Yes Replace the transaxle.
Are a large amount of specks found? (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
6 Verify test results. I
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-20
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W20
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.
05-038-21
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does the shift shock occur only when the Yes Go to the next step. 1
engine is cold? No Go to Step 3. (
2 Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit.
(See 05-178-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
3 Perform the initial learning procedure. Yes Troubleshooting is completed.
(See 05-038-23 Initial Learning.) No Go to the next step.
Does symptom eliminate?
4 Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-178-4 Line Pressure Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection results.
5 Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-178-6 Stall Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection results.
6 Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition .
Inspect following solenoids . If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-178-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
- Line pressure control solenoid INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
- Shift solenoid C If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
- Shift solenoid E the control valve body.
Are they normal? (See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-178-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .)
I
7 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired , troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-22
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
Initial Learning
Warning
When performing a initial learning, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments to
order to avoid an accident.
Note
While self-learning control gradually reduces shock during normal driving, initial learning is performed to
initially learn a certain amount of driving conditions.
1. Warm-up
Increase the ATF temperature by leaving the vehicle idling or performing city driving. Verify that the ATF
temperature is between 66-110 C {151-230 F}. If the ATF temperature is outside this range, work to
bring it inside the range.
Caution
Do not raise the ATF temperature by stalling the engine.
Note
If the ATF temperature is not between 66-110 C {151-230 F}, initial learning cannot be performed.
Before learning, inspect for variable shift shock.
N0.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS GIVEN WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING [AW6A-Ell
E61J050300000W23
DESCRIPTION Excessive shift shock is felt when depressing the accelerator pedal at upshifting .
During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt when depressing accelerator pedal at downshifting .
Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. The shift shock may worsen if the accelerator
pedal position sensor, TP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS signal malfunctions.
-Clutch slippage, burnt (C1 clutch, C2 clutch, C3 clutch, 81 brake)
Line pressure low, high
Incorrect throttle position signal
VSS malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE TFT sensor malfunction
CAUSE Shift solenoid C malfunction
Shift solenoid D malfunction
Shift solenoid E malfunction
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
TCC control solenoid malfunction
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Body GND and sensor GND malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
-Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
05-038-23
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W24
N0.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES [AW6A-Ell
E6U05030dOOOW25
Note
POSSIBLE If a noise is emitted during shifting only, the malfunction is in the C1 clutch, C2 clutch , C3 clutch
CAUSE or B1 brake.
If a noise is emitted during shifting at certain gears only or during deceleration only, it is gear
noise.
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION (AW6A-EL).)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect engine condition. Yes Go to appropriate symptom troubleshooting.
Is there any engine concern (e.g. Rough (See 01-03C-8 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [AJ].)
idle)? No Replace basic inspection and repair or replace any
malfunctioning parts according to the inspection result
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM . I
05-038-24
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION rAW6A-Ell
~6U050300000~6
- Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Shift solenoid A or B malfunction
POSSIBLE Sensor GND malfunction
CAUSE Control valve body malfunction
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
I 1 Do the following symptoms occur Yes Go to No.14 "ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
concurrently? UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING", or No.15 "ENGINE
- Engine flares up or slips during FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING
- acceleration VEHICLE".
- Engine flares up or slips when shifting No Go to the next step.
2 Stop the engine. Yes Inspect the ATF condition.
Inspect following solenoids. If a large amount of metal specks are found, replace the
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE transaxle.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
- Shift solenoid A INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL).)
- Shift solenoid B If a large amount of metal specks are not found, replace
Are the normal? the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the control valve body.
(See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL).)
3 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-25
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W28
23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
The malfunction is restricted to the hindrance of coolant at the oil cooler. In addition, overheating of the
transaxle may be caused by a malfunction of the TFT sensor.
- Line pressure low
ATF level low
Incorrect throttle position signal
-Oil cooler malfunction (Foreign material mixed in with ATF)
POSSIBLE
- TFT sensor malfunction
CAUSE
- Excessive amount of ATF
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Is the line pressure normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-4 Line Pressure Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection results.
2 Is stall speed normal? Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B--6 Stall Test.) No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
inspection results.
3 Inspect the TFT sensor and related wiring Yes Go to the next step.
harness: vibration, intermittent open/short No Repair or replace part if necessary.
circuit
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE(TFT)SENSOR
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4 Inspect the line pressure control solenoid. Yes Go to the next step.
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE No Replace the control valve body.
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
Is it normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
5 Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or Yes Replace the transaxle.
kinks of the oil cooler pipes. (See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Are oil cooler pipes normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace any malfunctioning parts.
6 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired , troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-26
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D RANGE, OR IN R POSITION [AW6A-EL]
E6U050300000W29
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.5 Yes Go to the next step.
"ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE". No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-03C-20 N0.5 ENGINE inspection results.
STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [AJ].)
Is the engine control system normal?
2 Remove the torque converter. Yes Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or kinks of the oil
(See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER cooler pipes.
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) If normal, replace the control valve body.
Inspect the torque converter. (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
Is the torque converter normal? INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
If problem remains, replace the transaxle .
(See 05-17B-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
No Replace the torque converter.
3 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
I If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Go to symptom troubleshooting No.1 0 "LOW Yes Go to No.24 "ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D
IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION". RANGE, OR IN R POSITION".
(See 01-03C-33 N0.1 0 LOW IDLE/STALLS No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the
DURING DECELERATION [AJ].) inspection results.
Is the engine control system normal?
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-27
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W31
N0.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE [AWGA-EL]
E6U050300000W32
DESCRIPTION Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster does not illuminate in M range with the ignition switc
at ON.
M range switch , gear position indicator light or related wiring harness malfunction
POSSIBLE Note
CAUSE Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted . (See 05-03B-4 BASIC
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].)
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Do other indicator lights illuminate with the Yes Go to the next step.
ignition switch at ON? No Inspect the meter fuse.
2 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A7. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION No Inspect the M range switch.
[AW6A-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between theM range switch and TCM terminal A7 .
3 Verify test results.
-If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-28
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [AW6A-EL]
N0.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE OR P, N, R POSITIONS [AW6A-EL1
E6U05030000dW33
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A7. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION No Inspect theM range switch.
[AW6A-EL].) If the M range switch is normal, inspect for continuity
Is the voltage normal? between theM range switch and TCM terminal A7 .
2
Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
1gnostic procedure
dTEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A3. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION [AW6A- No Inspect the up switch.
EL].)
Is the voltage normal? If the up switch is normal, inspect for continuity between
the up switch and TCM terminal A3.
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM.
Diagnostic procedure
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect the voltage at the TCM terminal A4. Yes Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 05-17B-21 TCM INSPECTION [AW6A- No Inspect the down switch.
EL].)
Is the voltage normal? If the down switch is normal, inspect for continuity
between the down switch and TCM terminal A4.
2 Verify test results.
- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM .
05-038-29
CLUTCH
05-10 CLUTCH
~LUTCH LOCATION INDEX .......... 05-1Q-2 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
~ NERAL PROCEDURE ........... 05-1Q-3 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
Clutch Pipe Removal/Installation ..... 05-1Q-3 [A26MX-R] .. ... .... . ............. 05-1 Q-16
CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION ........ 05-1Q-3 CLUTCHRELEASECYLINDER
CLUTCH FLUID AIR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
BLEEDING/REPLACEMENT ........ 05-10-3 [G35M-R, A65M-R] . ................ 05-1Q-17
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION ...... . 05-10-4 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
Clutch Pedal Height Inspection ...... 05-10-4 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Clutch Pedal Free Play Inspection .... 05-10-4 [A26MX-R] ............ ... .... . ... 05-1Q-18
CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT . . .... 05-1Q-5 CLUTCH UNIT
Clutch Pedal Height ............... 05-1Q-5 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
Clutch Pedal Free Play ............. 05-1Q-5 [G35M-R, A65M-R] . . ............ . .. 05-1Q-19
Clutch Pedal Disengagement Point ... 05-10-6 Clutch Cover and
CLUTCH PEDAL Disc Removal Note ............ . . . 05-1Q-21
REMOVALJINSTALLATION Pilot Bearing Removal Note .... . .... 05-1Q-21
[G35M-R, A65M-R] ........ . ... . ... 05-1Q-7 Flywheel Removal Note . .. . ... . . . .. 05-1D-22 , ,
Clutch Pedal Installation Note ....... 05-1Q-8 Flywheel Installation Note ........... 05-1Q-22
Starter Interlock Switch Pilot Bearing Installation Note ...... . . 05-1Q-23
Installation Note ................. 05-1Q-8 Clutch Disc Installation Note .. . ...... 05-1D-23
CLUTCH PEDAL Clutch Cover Installation Note ...... . . 05-1Q-24
REMOVALJINSTALLATION CLUTCH UNIT
[A26MX-R] . .. . ................... 05-1Q-9 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
Clutch Pedal Installation Note . . ..... 05-1Q-10 [A26MX-R] .............. . . . .. . .. . 05-10-25
Starter Interlock Switch Clutch Cover and
Installation Note .. ............... 05-1Q-10 Disc Removal Note ....... . ....... 05-1Q-26
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER Pilot Bearing Removal Note ... . ..... 05-1Q-26
REMOVALJINSTALLATION Pilot Bearing Installation Note ........ 05-1Q-27
[G35M-R, A65M-R] ......... . .. . ... 05-1Q-10 Flywheel Removal Note .... . ....... 05-1Q-27
. r.LUTCH MASTER CYLINDER Flywheel Installation Note ......... . . 05-1Q-28
EMOVALJINSTALLATION [A26MX-R] 05-1D-11 Clutch Disc Installation Note ..... . ... 05-1Q-28
_._UTCH MASTER CYLINDER Clutch Cover Installation Note ........ 05-1Q-28
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
[G35M-R, A65M-R] ................ 05-1Q-12 [G35M-R,A65M-R] ....... . ......... 05-1Q-29
Snap Ring Disassembly/Assembly CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
Note .......................... 05-1Q-12 [A26MX-R] ... . .......... . ........ 05-1 Q-30
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION .......... 05-1 Q-31
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY CLUTCH RELEASE
[A26MX-R] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 D-13 COLLAR INSPECTION ............. 05-1Q-31
Snap Ring Disassembly/Assembly PILOT BEARING INSPECTION .... . ... 05-10-31
Note .......................... 05-1Q-13 FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER [G35M-R, A65M-R] ...... . ....... . .. 05-1 Q-32
REMOVALJINSTALLATION FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [A26MX-R] ... 05-1Q-32
[G35M-R, A65M-R] ................ 05-1Q-14
05- 10- 1
CLUTCH
CLUTCH LOCATION INDEX
E6U051016003W01
11
E6U510ZW5001
05-10-2
CLUTCH
9 Clutch release collar 11 Flywheel
(See 05-10-31 CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR (See 05-10-32 FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [G35M-
INSPECTION.) R, A65M-R].)
0 Pilot bearing (See 05-10-32 FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
(See 05-10-31 PILOT BEARING INSPECTION.) [A26MX-R].)
GENERAL PROCEDURE
E6U05101 6003W02
Clutch Pipe Removal/Installation
Note
A common reservoir is used for the clutch and brake system fluid.
1. If clutch pipes have been disconnected any time during the procedure, add clutch flu id (brake fluid) , bleed the
air, and inspect for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
2. Remove the clutch pipe using the SST (49 0259 7708). Install the clutch pipe using torque wrench SST
combination. (See 00-00-17 Torque Formulas.)
Note
A common reservoir is used for the clutch and brake system fluid.
E6U51 OZW5002
Caution
Fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If fluid does get
on painted surfaces, wipe it off immediately.
Keep the fluid level in the reserve tank at 3/4 full or more during air bleeding.
Note
When replacing the fluid, drain the old fluid, fill the reserve tank with new fluid and then perform Steps 1-
7 below.
Specified fluid
SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
05-10-3
CLUTCH
7. Tighten the bleeder screw using the SST.
Tightening torque
5.9-8.8 Nm {61-89 kgf-cm, 53-77 inlbf}
PEDAL HEIGHT
B6U0510W002
B6U0510W003
05-10-4
CLUTCH
CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
E6U051041030W02
Clutch Pedal Height
. -1. Measure the distance from the upper surface of
the pedal pad.
If not as specified, adjust the pedal height by
turning adjustment bolt B and locknut A.
PEDAL HEIGHT
A6E4914W001
c
11.8-16.7 Nm
{12D-171 kgf.cm, 105-1481nlbf}
A6E4914W002
05-10-5
CLUTCH
Clutch Pedal Disengagement Point
1. Apply the parking brake and fix the front and rear of the wheels with the wheel chocks.
2. Start the engine at idle.
3. Without depressing the clutch pedal, move the shift lever slowly to the reverse position.
4. Hold the lever when the gear noise is heard.
5. Depress the clutch pedal slowly.
6. Hold the pedal when the gear noise stops (clutch pedal disengagement point).
7. Measure distance A (the distance from the clutch pedal disengagement point to the fully depressed position)
and the pedal stroke.
8. Verify that they are within specification.
If distance A or the pedal stroke is out of A
specification, adjust the pedal height or the
clutch pedal free play to specification.
B6U0510W012
05-10-6
CLUTCH
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051041030W03
1. Remove the battery and battery tray.
~. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
Install in the reverse order of removal.
. After installation, inspect the clutch pedal. (See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT.)
11.8-16.7 Nm
{12Q-171 kgf.cm,
105-148 inlbf}
15
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbl}
E6U51 OZW5003
1 Nut 8 E-clip
2 Clutch switch connector 9 Pin
3 Clutch switch 10 Bushing
4 Starter interlock switch connector 11 Nut
5 Starter interlock switch 12 Push rod
(See 05-10-8 Starter Interlock Switch Installation 13 Clevis
Note.)
14 Pedal pad
6 Nut
15 Clutch pedal
7 Spring (See 05-10-8 Clutch Pedal Installation Note.)
05-10-7
CLUTCH
Clutch Pedal Installation Note
1. After installation, adjust the pedal height and free play. (See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT.)
STARTER INTERLOCK
SWITCH
B6U051 OWOOS
05-10-8
CLUTCH
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26MX-R]
E6U051041030W07
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
~. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
Install in the reverse order of removal.
-t. After installation, inspect the clutch pedal. (See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT.)
1 18.6-25.5 {1.9---2.6,13.8-18.8}
6
18.6-25.5
{1.9---2.6,13.8-18.8}
UNLOCK~
~
~LOCK
11.8-16.7 Nm ?
{121-170 kgf.cm, 105-147 inlbf}
r~i
14
Nm {kgfm, f11bf}
E6U510ZWC010
1 Nut 8 Pin
2 Clutch switch connector 9 Bushing
3 Clutch switch 10 Nut
4 Starter interlock switch connector 11 Push rod
5 Starter interlock switch 12 Clevis
(See 05-1Q-10 Starter Interlock Switch Installation 13 Pedal pad
Note)
14 Clutch pedal
6 Nut (See 05-10-10 Clutch Pedal Installation Note)
7 E-clip
05-10-9
CLUTCH
Clutch Pedal Installation Note
1. After installation, adjust the pedal height and free play. (See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL ADJUSTMENT.)
STARTER INTERLOCK
SWITCH
B6U0510W005
~ 18.6-25.5 {1.9-2.6,13.8-18.8}
l~m
~~0
v 0
12.7-21.6 Nm
{13D-220 kgfcm,
113-190 inlbf}
3
18.6-25.5 {1.9-2.6, 13.8-18.8}
E6U510ZW5004
05-10-10
CLUTCH
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER REMOVALJINSTALLATION [A26MX-R]
E6U051 041990W05
1. Remove the battery and battery tray.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
Plug the clutch pipe after removing it to avoid leakage.
.... Install in the reverse order of removal.
12.7-21.6 Nm
{130-220 kgt-cm,
113-190 inlbf}
3
18.6-25.5
{1 .9-2.6, 13.8-18.8}
E6U510ZWC005
05-10-11
CLUTCH
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY (G35M-R, A65MR]
E6U051 041 990W02
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
-s
I
II II
A6 E4916W OO?
XM E49 16W003
05-10-12
CLUTCH
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [A26MX-R]
E6U051041 990W06
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
~. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
1
I
E6U510ZWC006
1 Clip 7 Spacer
2 Hose 8 Primary cap
3 Joint 9 Return spring
4 Bushing 10 Joint bolt
5 Snap ring 11 Gasket
(See 05-10-13 Snap Ring Disassembly/Assembly 12 One-way valve piston
Note)
13 One-way valve spring
6 Piston and secondary cap component
14 Clutch master cylinder body
05-10-13
CLUTCH
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051041920W01
1. Remove the under cover.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
G35M-R manual transaxle models
II
---:1
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
B6U0510W006
05-10-14
CLUTCH
A65M-R manual transaxle models
II
-~
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
m~ 1
12.7-21.6 Nm
{130-220 kgf.cm,
113-190 inlbf}
B6U0510W007
05-10-15
CLUTCH
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26MX-R]
E6U051041920W05
1 . Remove the under cover.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
I
---:!
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
f
~18.6--25. [1.9--2.6, 13.8-1<~ Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
E6U51OZWC011
05-10-16
CLUTCH
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051 041 920W 02
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
~- Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
A6E491BW002
05-10-17
CLUTCH
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [A26MX-R]
E6U051041920W06
1 . Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
E6U51 0ZWC007
05-10-18
CLUTCH
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051016000W01
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
- ~. Install in the reverse order removal.
5M-R manual transaxle models
18.6-25.5
{1.9--2.6, 13.8-18.8}
~
0
I
---:1
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
D6E510ZW3003
05-10-19
CLUTCH
A65M-R manual transaxle models
18.6-25.5
{1.9-2.6, 13.8-18.8}
1
~73-87 {7.5-8.8, 54---04}
ami
7m)
---:s
I (MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
B6U0510W009
05-10-20
CLUTCH
Clutch Cover and Disc Removal Note
G35M-R manual transaxle models
1. Install the SSTs.
Loosen each bolt one turn at a time in a crisscross pattern until spring tension is released .
. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
A6 E4920W002
Note
The pilot bearing does not need to be removed unless you are replacing it.
ADJ4920W005
05-10-21
CLUTCH
Flywheel Removal Note
1. Hold the flywheel using the SST.
2. Remove the bolts evenly and gradually in a crisscross pattern.
3. Remove the flywheel.
G35M-R manual transaxle models
A6E4920W003
A65M-R manual transaxle models
B6U0510W010
A6E4920W004
A65M-R manual transaxle models
5. Gradually tighten the flywheel lock bolts in a
crisscross pattern.
Tightening torque
G35M-R manual transaxle models
108-115 Nm {11.1-11.7 kgfm, 79.7-
84.8 ftlbf}
A65M-R manual transaxle models
73--87 Nm {7.5-8.8 kgf.m, 54-64 ftlbf}
B6U0510W011
05-10-22
CLUTCH
Pilot Bearing Installation Note
1. Use the SSTs to install the pilot bearing.
PILOT BEARING
C3U0510W013
A6E4920W005
CLUTCH ALIGNER
B6U0510W015
05-10-23
CLUTCH
Clutch Cover Installation Note
G35M-R manual transaxle models
1. Install the SSTs.
2. Tighten the bolts evenly and gradually in a
crisscross pattern.
Tightening torque
25-33 N-m {2.6-3.3 kgfm, 19-24 ftlbf}
Tightening torque
25-33 N-m {2.6-3.3 kgfm, 19-24 ftlbf}
CLUTCH ALIGNER
05-10-24
CLUTCH
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26MX-R]
E6U051016000W03
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
~- Install in the reverse order removal.
-s
I
II
--:.1
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
E6U51 OZWC002
05-10-25
CLUTCH
Clutch Cover and Disc Removal Note
Caution
When replacing components, always replace as a complete set.
Due to the automatic adjustment function of clutch cover, if the old cover assembly is reused, it
must be reinstalled together with its original clutch disc.
Note
The pilot bearing does not need to be removed unless you are replacing it.
ADJ4920W 005
05-10-26
CLUTCH
Pilot Bearing Installation Note
1. Use the SSTs to install the pilot bearing.
PILOT BEARING
C3U0510W013
E6U510ZWC013
05-1Q-27
CLUTCH
Flywheel Installation Note
Caution
Clean the crankshaft threads before tightening the bolts. The threads may be damaged if the bolt
are tightened with any old sealant remaining.
Tightening torque
151.3-161.1 Nm {15.3-16.4 kgf.m, 111.6-
118.8 ftlbf}
E6U510ZWC01 2
ADJ4920W004
Tightening torque
25-33 Nm {2.6-3.3 kgfm, 19-24 ftlbf}
05-10-28
CLUTCH
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051016410W01
1. Measure the wear of the diaphragm spring
. fingers.
' If not as specified, replace the clutch cover.
XME4920W010
If not as specified, replace the clutch cover.
XME4920W011
XME4920W012
05-10-29
CLUTCH
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION [A26MX-R]
E6U051 01 641 OW03
1. Measure the wear of the diaphragm spring
fingers.
If it exceeds the maximum specification,
replace the clutch cover.
E6U510ZWC008
XME4920W01 2
05-10-30
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEEDG Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
CLUTCH
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
E6U05101 6460W03
1. Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of
the lining at a rivet head on both sides.
' If it less than the minimum specification,
replace the clutch disc.
E6U51 OZWC009
If it exceeds the maximum specification ,
replace the clutch disc.
B3E051OW025
Caution
Cleaning the clutch release collar with cleaning fluids or a steam cleaner can
wash the grease out of the sealed bearing.
XME4920W015
05-10-31
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
CLUTCH
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051011500W01
1. Install a dial gauge on the cylinder block.
2. Measure the flywheel runout using a dial gauge.
If the runout is excessive, replace the
flywheel.
XME4922W001
Note
Correct slight scratches and discoloration
using sandpaper.
Inspect the runout of the surface that
contacts the clutch disc with the flywheel
installed to the crankshaft.
B3E0510W055
4. Verify that the secondary mass does not rotate by
15 teeth or more.
If it rotates by 15 teeth or more, replace the
dual-mass flywheel.
5. Visually inspect the secondary mass.
If there is any damage, replace the dual-mass
flywheel.
I 03E510ZWB001
L------------------------------------~
05-10-32 Revised 9/2005 (Ref. No. R11 0/05)
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
CLUTCH
r------------------------------------~
6. Visually inspect the ring gear on the dual-mass
I flywheel. RING GEAR
If there is any damage, replace the dual-mass
flywheel.
D3E51 OZWB002
7. Inspect the welded area of the dual-mass
flywheel for grease leakage.
If there is grease leakage, replace the dual-
mass flywheel.
B3E0510W057
8. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel runout.
. .
~-------~r~---1-== I
guide pin projection.
If not within the specification, replace the
dual-mass flywheel.
11 mm {0.4330}
D3E510ZWB005
10. Rotate the secondary mass left and right and
verify that it rotates within a range of three teeth
without resistance.
If there is any resistance, replace the dual-
mass flywheel.
11. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel for cracks.
If there are cracks, replace the dual-mass
flywheel.
D3E510ZW8120
------------------------------------~
C6U0515W002
05-15A-1
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [G35M-R]
E6U051527001W01
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the oil level plug and washer.
3. Verify that the oil is near the brim of the plug port.
If the oil level is lower than the low level, add
the specified amount and type of oil through
the oil level plug hole.
Tightening torque
39-59 N-m {4.0-6.0 kgf-m, 29-43 ftlbf}
Tightening torque
39-59 N-m {4.0-6.0 kgfm, 29-43 ftlbf}
4. Remove the oil level plug with washer and add the
specified amount and type of oil through the oil
level plug hole until the level reaches the bottom
of the oil level plug hole.
Tightening torque
39-59 N-m {4.0-6.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ftlbf}
05-15A-2
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT [G35M-R]
E6U051527238W01
1. On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
-2. Drain the oil from the transaxle.
Remove the front wheels and splash shields.
' Separate the drive shaft and joint shaft from the transaxle. (See 03-13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC].) (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3].)
5. Remove the oil seals using a screwdriver.
Tightening torque
7.8-11.3 N-m
{8Q-115 kgf.cm, 69.5-99.8 inlbf}
05-15A-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION (WITHOUT ABS) [G35M-R]
E6U051519200W02
1. Remove the vehicle speed sensor.
2. Measure voltage (AC range) between terminals of
the vehicle speed sensor while the gear is
turning.
Meter needle Action
Moves slightly under Repair wiring harness between
5 V (AC range) instrument cluster and vehicle
speed sensor.
Does not move Replace vehicle speed sensor.
C3U0515W002
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injur,
05-15A-4
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
7.8-10.8 Nm
{SD-110 kgfcm,
69.5-95.4 inlbf} Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
E6U515AW500 1
05-15A-5
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
9 Cable bracket 20 No.1 engine mount
10 Clutch release cylinder (See 05-15A-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note.)
11 Starter
(See 01-19A-2 STARTER REMOVAU 21 Crossmember bracket
INSTALLATION [L3, AJ].) 22 Crossmember component
12 Endplate cover (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
13 Transaxle mounting bolt (upper side)
23 No.4 engine mount
14 Lower arm (front, rear) ball joint (See 05-15A-6 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
(See 02-13-11 Front Lower Arm (Front) Ball Joint
Removal Note.)
Removal Note.) (See 05-15A-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
15 Damper fork Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note.)
16 Tie-rod end ball joint 24 Dynamic damper
(See 06-12-12 Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal
25 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
Note.)
26 Manual transaxle
17 Stabilizer control link (See 05-15A-8 Manual Transaxle Removal Note.)
18 Drive shaft (See 05-15A-8 Manual Transaxle Installation
(See 03-13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU Note.)
INSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC].)
19 Joint shaft
(See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3].)
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
MAIN FRAME
REAR SHAFT
SLIDE BARS
~ U FRONTSHAFT
05-15A-6
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
(1) Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the
bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in
the figure.
(2) Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt
of the left shock absorber. (Identical position
to the right side)
D6E515CW3008
R~
H ~~~
front foot No.2 to the bolt as shown in the
figure.
(4) Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so
that they are the same height (left and right)
and horizontal.
(5) Make sure each joint is securely tightened. l,~
~~/
D6E5 15AW3005
Note
The SST (49 E017 5AO) can be used in
place of the SST (49 C017 5AO).
05-15A-7
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
Manual Transaxle Removal Note
1. Lean the engine toward the transaxle.
2. Support the transaxle on a jack.
3. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
4. Remove the transaxle.
A6E5112W004
No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note
1. Verify that the engine mount rubber is installed as shown.
2. By aligning the holes with the stud bolts, install the No.4 engine mount bracket to the transaxle.
3. By aligning the holes with the stud bolts, install the No.1 engine mount to the transaxle.
4. Align the hole of the No.4 engine mount bracket with the No.4 engine mount rubber on vehicle, and temporarily
tighten bolt D.
5. Lightly tighten nuts B, C and bolt A.
6. Tighten nuts B, C in order of B--+C, then bolt A.
7. Tighten bolt D.
Tightening torque
A, B, C: 66.6-93.1 N-m
{6.8-9.4 kgf.m, 49.2-68.6 ftlbf} B
D: 85.3-116.6 Nm
{8.7-11.8 kgfm, 62.9-85.9 ftlbf}
A D
B6U0515W105
05-15A-8
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
8. Tighten bolt E to the No.1 engine mount.
Tightening torque
E: 85.3-116.6 Nm
{8.7-11.8 kgf-m, 62.9-85.9 ft-lbf}
A6E5112W006
Note
Perform the following inspection only when the transaxle has been overhauled.
05-15A-9
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
05-158 MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
...MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAU
IDEX [A65M-R] ......... . ........ 05-158-1 INSTALLATION (WITHOUT A8S)
...CANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [A65M-R] ..................... . .. 05-158-4
[A65M-R] ........................ 05-158-2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT INSPECTION (WITHOUT A8S)
[A65M-R] ........................ 05-158-2 [A65M-R] ........... . ........... 05-158-5
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) MANUAL TRANSAXLE
REPLACEMENT [A65M-R] .......... 05-158-3 REMOVAUINSTALLATION
REVERSE SWITCH INSPECTION [A65M-R] ........................ 05-158-5
[A65M-R] ........................ 05-158-3 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
REVERSE SWITCH Removal Note . .................. 05-158-7
REMOVAUINSTALLATION Manual Transaxle Removal Note ..... 05-158-9
[A65M-R] ...... . ..... . ...... . .... 05-158-4 Manual Transaxle Installation Note .... 05-158-10
NEUTRAL SWITCH No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note ... 05-158-10
REMOVAUINSTALLATION No.4 Engine Mount Installation Note, .. 05-158-10
[A65M-R] ....................... . 05-158-4 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE 1 :
INSTALLATION [A65M-R] ........... 05-158-11
n~-1~R-1
MANUALTRANSAXLE[A65M-R]
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [A65M-R]
E6U051527001W03
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the filler plug and gasket.
3. Verify that the oil is near the brim of the plug port.
If the oil level is low, add the specified amount
and type of oil through the filler plug hole.
4. Install a new gasket and the filler plug. ---..__ FILLER PLUG DRAIN PLUG
A6E5212W010
Tightening torque
30.0-39.0 Nm
{3.1-3.9 kgf.m, 22.1-28.8 inlbf}
Tightening torque
30.0-39.0 Nm
{3.1-3.9 kgfm, 22.1-28.8 inlbf}
Tightening torque
30.0-39.0 Nm
{3.1-3.9 kgfm, 22.1-28.8 inlbf}
05-158-2
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT [A65M-R]
E6U051527238W02
1. On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
~- Drain the oil from the transaxle.
Remove the front wheels and splash shields .
. ' Separate the drive shaft and joint shaft from the transaxle. (See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AJ].) (See 03-13-5 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AJ].)
5. Remove the oil seals using a screwdriver. -.......:::
A6E5212W013
MANUALTRANSAXLE[A65M-R]
Specification
o----o : Continuity
Connector terminal
Shift position
A B
Reverse 0 -o
Others
A6E5212W014
Sealant
Three Bond product: TB1215
Tightening torque
22.5-33.3 Nm
{2.3-3.4 kgfm, 16.6-24.6 ftlbf}
B6U0515W002
Tightening torque
22.5-33.3 Nm
{2.3-3.4 kgfm, 16.6-24.6 ftlbf}
B6U0515W003
Tightening torque
7.8-11.0 Nm
{80-112 kgf.cm, 57.6-81.1 inlbf}
05-158-4
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION (WITHOUT ABS) [A65M-R]
E6U051519200W07
1. Remove the vehicle speed sensor.
- 2. Measure voltage (AC range) between terminals of
the vehicle speed sensor while the gear is
turning.
Meter needle Action
Moves slightly under Repair wiring harness between
5 V (AC range) instrument cluster and vehicle
speed sensor.
Does not move Replace vehicle speed sensor.
C3U0515W002
Tightening torque
Pipe assembly: 7.8-10.8 Nm {79.6-110.0 kgf.cm, 69.1-95.5 inlbf}
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
05-158-5
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
1
18.6-25.5
13
74.5-100.9
-"""7""7"'--"'o~ {7.6-10.2, 55.Q-74.4}
11 43.1-54.9
{4.4-5.5,
7"
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
E6U515BW5Qr
05-158-6
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
8 Lower arm (front, rear) ball joint 15 No.4 engine mount rubber
(See 02-13-11 Front Lower Arm (Front) Ball Joint (See 05-15B- 10 No.4 Engine Mount Installation
Removal Note.) Note.)
---
9 Damper fork 16 No.1 engine mount
10 Tie-rod end ball joint (See 05-15B-1 0 No.1 Engine Mount Installation
(See 06-12-13 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE Note.)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].) 17 Crossmember bracket
11 Stabilizer control link 18 Crossmember
12 Drive shaft (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
(See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION [AJ].) 19 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
13 Drive shaft, joint shaft 20 Manual transaxle
(See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU (See 05-15B-9 Manual Transaxle Removal Note.)
INSTALLATION [AJ] .) (See 05-15B-1 0 Manual Transaxle Installation
(See 03-13-5 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAU Note.)
INSTALLATION [AJ].)
14 No.4 engine mount bracket
(See 05-15B-7 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
Removal Note.)
(See 05-15B-1 0 No.4 Engine Mount Installation
Note.)
Tightening torque
100-125 N-m {10.2-12.7 kgf.m, 73.8-92.1
ftlbf}
B6U2324W002
E6U515BW5502
05-158-7
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
MAIN FRAME
REAR SHAFT
SLIDE BARS
L) 0 FRONT SHAFT
Caution
When setting the SST on the right side,
make sure it doesn't interfere with the
ABSfTCS HU/CM.
05-158-8
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
S. Support the engine using the SST.
Note
The SST (49 E017 SAO) can be used in
place of the SST (49 C017 SAO).
A6E5212W021
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
Manual Transaxle Installation Note
1. Set the transaxle on a jack and lift into place.
2. Install the transaxle mounting bolts.
A6E5212W022
Tightening torque
27.4-40.2 N-m
{2.8-4.0 kgf.m, 20.2-29.6 ftlbf}
B6U051 7W1 27
Tightening torque
A, 8, C, D: 74.5-100.9 Nm
{7.6-10.2 kgfm, 55.0-74.4 ftlbf}
A
F
6. Verify that the No.4 engine mount bracket is
installed as shown.
7. Lightly tighten bolt E.
B6U0515W005
05-158-10
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A65M-R]
8. Set the transaxle on a garage jack and lift it.
9. Align the hole of the No.4 engine mount bracket
with the stud bolts of transaxle.
Lightly tighten nut F, G and bolt H .
. Tighten nuts F, G in order of F-+G, then bolt H.
GARAGE JACK
A6E5212W023
Tightening torque
E: 85.3-116.6 Nm
{8.7-11.8 kgf.m, 63.Q-85.9 ftlbf}
F, G, H: 66.6-93.1 Nm
{6.8-9.4 kgf.m, 49.2-68.6 ftlbf}
B
B6U0515W005
Note
Perform the following inspection only when the transaxle has been overhauled.
05-158-11
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
05-15C MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION MANUAL TRANSAXLE
lDEX [A26MX-R] ................. 05-15C--1 REMOVAUINSTALLATION
_.iANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [A26MX-R] ....................... 05-15C-4
[A26MX-R] ....................... 05-15C-2 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT Removal Note ................... 05-15C-6
[A26MX-R] ....................... 05-15C--2 Manual Transaxle
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) Removal Note ................... 05-15C-7
REPLACEMENT [A26MX-R] ......... 05-15C-2 Manual Transaxle
NEUTRAL SWITCH Installation Note ................. 05-15C-8
REMOVAUINSTALLATION No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
[A26MX-R] ....................... 05-15C-3 Installation Note ................. 05-15C-8
INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
INSTALLATION [A26MX-R] .......... 05-15C-8
~ cp
~
E6U515ZWC001
05-15C-1
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [A26MX-R]
E6U051527001W05
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the oil level plug and washer.
3. Verify that the oil is near the brim of the plug port.
If the oil level is low, add the specified amount
and type of oil through the filler plug hole.
Tightening torque
27.5-50.9 Nm {2.8-5.1 kgfm, 37.5-20.2
ftlbf}
4. Remove the oil level plug with washer and add the
specified amount and type of oil through the oil
level plug hole until the level reaches the bottom
of the oil level plug hole.
E6U515ZWCc
Tightening torque
27.5-50.9 Nm {2.8-5.1 kgfm, 37.5-20.2 ftlbf}
05-15C-2
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
6. Using the SSTs and a hammer, tap each new oil OPPOSITE TRANSFER SIDE
seal in evenly until the SSTs contact the transaxle
case.
Coat the lip of each oil seal with transaxle oil.
. Insert the drive shaft into the transaxle. (See 03-
13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC])
9. Install the transfer. (See 03-16-3 TRANSFER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
10. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See
05-15C-2 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[A26MX-R].)
TRANSFER SIDE
E6U51 5ZWC005
NUETRAL SWITCH
E6U515ZWC016
05-15C-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
Caution
If the wiring harness is incorrectly
routed, the wiring harness and shift lever
weight may contact each other causing
the wiring harness to be caught while
I
ENGINE SIDE
shifting or damaged.
NUETRAL SWITCH
8. Install the under cover. CONNECTOR
NUETRAL SWITCH
E6U515ZWC017
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
05-15C-4
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
7.9-10.7 Nm
{80.6-109 kgf-cm, 70.0-94.6 inlbf}
66.6-93.1 {6.8-9.4, 49.2-68.6}
~11 63.o-85.9}
E6U515ZWC002
05-15C-5
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Removal Note
1. Install the SST using the following procedure.
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
MAIN FRAME
REAR SHAFT
SLIDE BARS
L) U FRONT SHAFT
~~
~
FRONT FOOT No.2
(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
D6E110CW7001
Caution
When setting the SST on the right side,
make sure it doesn't interfere with the
DSC HU/CM.
E6U51 5ZW7 c
05-15C-6
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
2. Support the engine using the SST.
Note
The SST {49 E017 SAO) can be used in
place of the SST {49 C017 SAO).
E6U515ZWC013
05-15C-7
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26MX-R]
Manual Transaxle Installation Note
1. Set the transaxle on a jack and lift into place.
2. Install the transaxle mounting bolts.
Tightening torque
18.5-25.5 N-m {1.89-2.60 kgf.m, 13.7-18.8
ftlbf}
E6U515ZWC013
7. Tighten nut D.
Tightening torque
A, B, C: 66.6-93.1 Nm
{6.8-9.4 kgfm, 49.2-68.6 ftlbf}
D: 85.3-116.6 Nm
{8.7-11.8 kgf.m, 62.9-85.9 ftlbf}
B
8. Remove the garage jack.
9. Remove the SST (49 C017 SAO).
E6U51 5ZWC012
05-15C-8
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
B6U0516W004
Shift mechanism
(See 05-16-3 SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G35M-R, A65M-R] .)
05-16-1
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX [A26MX-R]
E6U051600000W02
D6J516ZW7001
Shift mechanism
(See 05-16-6 SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26MX-R])
05-16-2
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G35M-R, A65M-R]
E6U051646010W01
1. Remove the battery and battery tray.
- ~- Remove the air cleaner component.
(See 01-13A-41NTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3].)
(See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].)
3. Remove the dashboard completely.
(See 09-17-4 DASHBOARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the SAS control module.
(See 08-1Q-12 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the climate control unit. (See 07-4Q-30 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL [L3, AJ].) (See 07-4Q-
30 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION [L3, AJ].)
6. Remove the rear heat duct. (See 07-11-14 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3, AJ].)
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
9. After installation, verify that the shift lever can be shifted smoothly into each position.
G35M-R manual transaxle models
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
B6U0516W001
05-16-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
A65M-R manual transaxle models
7.8-10.8
{8o-110 kgf-cm,
~ 69.5-95.41olbf}
15.7-22.6
{1.6-2.3,
11.6-16.6}
B6U0516W005
05-16-4
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
Select Cable Installation Note
1. Remove the center console .
.2. Make sure that the shift lever (transaxle side) is in neutral.
Unlock the lock piece of the select cable (shift lever side) in the order shown in the figure.
)SM-R manual transaxle models
A6E521 4W002
05-16-5
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26MX-R]
E6U051646010W04
1. Remove the battery and battery tray.
2. Remove the air cleaner component.
(See 01-13B-41NTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the dashboard completely.
(See 09-17-4 DASHBOARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the SAS control module.
(See 08-10-12 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the climate control unit. (See 07-40-31 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
6. Remove the rear heat duct. (See 07-11-14 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
9. After installation, verify that the shift lever can be shifted smoothly into each position.
~
~
6.86-9.8Nm
{10-99 k!Jl<ml'--8511bf)
I
~
~W(D:::~~/
0
N-m {kgf-m, ftlbf}
E6U516ZWC006
05-16-6
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
Shift Cable and Select Cable Removal Note
1. Remove the both shift cable end and select cable
end using a fastener remover.
SHIFT CABLE
END
B3E0516W006
CD d1=>
~LOCK PIECE
Lt[>
E6U516ZWC004
E6U516ZWC003
05-16-7
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
05-17A-1
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FSSA-EL] ... 05-17A-51 Radiator Outer Tank
Power Flushing ................... 05-17A-51 (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note ... 05-17A-55
OIL COOLER Radiator Outer Tank
REMOVAUINSTALLATION (In Tank Oil Cooler)
[FSSA-EL] ........................ 05-17A-52 Installation Note ................. 05-17A-~
Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler) DRIVE PLATE
Installation Note ................. 05-17A-53 REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose [FSSA-EL] ....................... 05-17A-56
Installation Note ................. 05-17A-53 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts
OIL COOLER Removal Note ................... 05-17A-57
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY Drive Plate Installation Note ......... 05-17A-57
[FSSA-EL] ....................... 05-17A-54
05-17A-2
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [FSSA-EL]
E6U051700000W06
05-17A-3
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
3 Oil pressure switch 9 Automatic transaxle
(See 05-17A-21 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (See 05-17A-39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 10 Oil seal
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-45 OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
4 Input/turbine speed sensor [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-22 INPUTfTURBINE SPEED 11 Primary control valve body
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-46 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE
(See 05-17A-23 INPUTfTURBINE SPEED BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL])
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-47 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE
5 Intermediate sensor BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-231NTERMEDIATE SENSOR 12 Secondary control valve body
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-48 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
(See 05-17A-251NTERMEDIATE SENSOR BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL])
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-49 SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
6 Vehicle speed sensor BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-25 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 13 Oil cooler
(VSS) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-51 OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FS5A-
(See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR EL])
(VSS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]) (See 05-17A-52 OIL COOLER REMOVAU
7 Solenoid valve INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-28 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION (See 05-17A-54 OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/
(PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL]) ASSEMBLY [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU 14 Drive plate
INSTALLATION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE (See 05-17A-56 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAU
BODY) [FS5A-EL]) INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-31 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
15 Automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)
(SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-
(See 05-17A-10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
EL])
(ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
(See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
INSTALLATION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE
(ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL])
BODY) [FS5A-EL])
8 TCM
(See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL])
(See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FS5A-EL])
05-17A-4
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Line Pressure Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17A-4 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
- . Warning
Removing the square-head plug when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of
the opening and badly burn you. Before removing the square-head plug, allow the ATF to cool.
Warning
Removing the SST when the ATF is hot
can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out
of the opening and badly burn you.
Before removing the SST, allow the ATF
to cool.
4. Turn the engine off and remove the SST (49 8019
901 B), and replace the gauge part of the SST (49 0378 400C).
Caution
Do not maintain WOT in any position/range for more than 5 seconds, or transaxle damage will
occur.
5. Start the engine and firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot, and then depress the accelerator pedal to
floor (WOT) with the right.
6. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the line pressure and release the accelerator pedal.
7. Shift the selector lever to N position and let the engine idle for 1 minute or more to cool the ATF.
-- Read the line pressure at idle and at the engine stall speed for the M (1 GR, 2GR) range and R position in the
same manner.
9. Shift the selector lever to P position and turn off the engine.
Warning
Removing the SST when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of the opening
and badly burn you. Before removing the SST, allow the ATF to cool.
Tightening torque
4.8-9.8 Nm {49-99 kgf.cm, 43-85 inlbf}
05-17A-5
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Evaluation of line pressure test
Condition Possible cause
Worn oil pump
Oil leaking from oil pump, control valve body, and/or transaxle case
Low pressure in all positions/ranges Pressure regulator valve stuck
Pressure control solenoid malfunction
Solenoid reducing valve stuck
Low pressure in D, M (1GR , 2GR) only Oil leaking from forward clutch hydraulic circuit
Low pressure in M (2GR) only Oil leaking from 2-4 brake band hydraulic circuit
Low pressure in M (1 GR), R only Oil leaking from low and reverse brake hydraulic circuit
Low pressure in R only Oil leaking from reverse clutch hydraulic circuit
Pressure control solenoid malfunction and/or open harness
Higher pressure in all positions/ranges Pressure regulator valve stuck
TCM malfunction
Stall Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17 A-4 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Start the engine and shift the selector lever to R position.
Caution
Do not maintain WOT in any position/range for more than 5 seconds, or transaxle damage will
occur.
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot, and depress the accelerator pedal to floor (WOT) with the
right.
4. When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the engine speed and release the accelerator pedal.
5. Shift the selector lever to N position and let the engine idle for 1 minute or more to cool the ATF.
6. Perform stall tests of D, M (1 GR, 2GR) ranges in the same manner.
7. Turn off the engine.
05-17A-6
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Time Lag Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17A-4 Mechanical System Test Preparation .)
2. Start the engine and warm up the engine until the ATF temperature reaches 60-70 oc {141-158 F}.
- Shift the selector lever from N position to D range .
. . Use a stopwatch to measure the time it takes from shifting until engagement is felt. Take 3 measurements for
each test and average the results using the following formula.
Formula
Average time lag = Time 1 + Time 2 + Time 3
3
X3U517WDB
5. Perform the test for the following shifts in the same manner.
N position--+R position
N position--+R position: 0.4-0.7 sec.
05-17A-7
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Shift Diagram
D range (normal mode)
/
/
/
/
a.
0
w
....J
~
4/8
I
I-
2/8
0
{0}
SHIFT UP
- - - - SHIFT DOWN
E6U517AW5002
D Range Test
1. Periorm road test preparation. (See 05-17A-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to D range.
3. Accelerate the vehicle at half and wide open.
4. Verify that 1~2. 2~3 . 3~4 and 4~5 upshifts and downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be as shown
in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
5. Drive the vehicle in 5GR, 4GR, 3GR, and 2GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 5~4. 4~3 , 3~2. 2~1
downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
6. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in 2GR, 3GR, 4GR and 5GR.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
7. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained. The operation points must be as shown in the table
below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
05-17A-8
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
I_Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
01~02 46---51 {29-31} 5,550-6,200
02~03 92-99 {58-61} 5,850-6,300
Wide open 03~04 137-147 {85-91} 5,850-6,200
throttle TCC ON (04) 142-151 {89-93} 4,400-4,650
04~05 192-202 {120-125} 5,950-6,200
TCC ON (0 5) 142-151 {89-93} 3,250-3,450
01~02 35-48 {22-29} 4,150-5,750
02~03 55-72 {35-44} 3,450-4,600
03~04 83-114 {52-70} 3,500-4,800
Half throttle
TCC ON (0 4) 136---153 {85-94} 4,200-4,700
NORMAL 04~05 143-177 {89-109} 4,400-5,450
TCC ON (0 5) 124--146{77-90} 2,850-3,300
05~04 50-56 {31-34} 1150-1250
04~03 25-31 {16---19} 800-950
Closed throttle
03~02 5-11 {4--6} 250-450
position
02~01 5-11 {4--6} 350-650
03~01 5-11 {4--6} 250-450
0
05~04 177-187 {110-115} 4,050-4,250
04~03 129-138 {80-85} 3,950-4,200
Kickdown
03~02 80-88 {50-54} 3,400-3,700
02~01 35-40 {22-24} 2,250-2,550
01~02 46---52 {29-32} 5,550-6,200
Wide open
02~03 92-99 {58-61} 5,850-6,300
throttle
03~04 137-147 {85-91} 5,850-6,200
01~02 29-36 {18-22} 3,400-4,350
Half throttle 02~03 61-80 {38-49} 3,900-5,050
03~04 89-119 {56-73} 3,800-5,000
POWER 04~03 25-31 {16---19} 800-950
Closed throttle 03~02 5-11 {4--6} 250-450
position 02~01 5-11 {4--6} 350-650
03~01 5-11 {4--6} 250-450
04~03 129-138 {80-85} 3,950-4,200
Kickdown 03~02 80-88 {50-54} 3,400-3,700
02~01 35-40 {22-24} 2,250-2,550
05-17A-9
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
M Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See 05-17 A-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to M range.
3. Verify that 1~2. 2~3. 3~4 and 4~5 upshifts and 5~4. 4~3. 3~2. and 2~ 1 downshifts are obtained by
manual shifting of the selector lever forward and back.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
4. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that 5~4. 4~3 3~2. 2~ 1 and 3~ 1 downshifts are obtained. The shift points
must be as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
5. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in all gears.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained in 4GR and 5GR. The operation points must be as
shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-17 A-33 TCM INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See ATX Workshop Manual.)
Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition km/h {mph} (rpm)
TCC ON (M4) 136-153 {85-94} 4,200-4,700
Half throttle
TCC ON (M 5) 128-142 {80-88} 2,950-3,200
Ms---+M4 27-33 {17-20} 650-750
M Manual M4---+M3 27-33 {17-20} 850-1000
All round M3---+M2 7-13 {5-8} 300-550
M2---+M1 7-13 {5-8} 450-800
M3---+M1 7-13 {5-8} 300-550
P Position Test
1. Shift into P position on a gentle slope. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
If the vehicle rolls, inspect the ATX. (See ATX Workshop Manual.)
05-17A-10
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level Inspection
Caution
If there is no ATF adhering to the dipstick after warming up the engine, there is insufficient ATF.
Therefore do not drive the vehicle as it could damage the ATX.
If a final inspection of the ATF level is performed without driving the vehicle, or the ATF amount is
inspected while the ATF temperature is not at about 60-70 oc {140-158 F}, the ATX could be
damaged because the ATF level inspection would be incorrect.
If too much ATF is added, the ATF temperature will increase and oil could leak from the breather
hose.
Note
The dipstick of the FS5A-EL type measures the ATF level on the differential side and, under the condition
that the ATF temperature on the differential side does not rise even after warming up the engine, ATF
adhering to the end of the dipstick is normal.
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Apply the parking brake and position wheel chocks securely to prevent the vehicle from rolling .
3. Verify visually that there is no ATF leakage from the oil hose or housing.
Caution
If the oil level decreases dramatically while warming up the engine, do not shift the selector lever
as it could damage the ATX.
ATFtype
ATF M-V
A6E5614W003
11. Verify that the ATF level is in the range while the
engine is idling .
If necessary, add ATF to the specification.
ATF TEMPERATURE
6D-70' C {14D-158' F}
ATFtype
ATF M-V
0 6E517AW5003
05-17A-11
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL]
E6U05171 9001W04
Warning
When the transaxle and ATF are hot, they can badly burn you. Turn off the engine and wait until
they are cool before changing the ATF.
Tightening torque
29.4-41.2 Nm {3.0-4.2 kgf.m, 22-30 ftlbf}
6. Adjust the ATF amount to within the specified range according to the ATF inspection procedure. (See 05-17A-
10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL] .)
Note
The full amount of ATF for the ATX is as follows
05-17A-12
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Continuity Inspection
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
B3E0517W006
05-17A-13
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]
E6U051719200W08
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-41NTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3].)
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
MANUAL SHAFT
LEVER
A6E5614W011
MANUAL SHAFT
LEVER
A6E5614W012
CONVERTER
HOUSING
SIDE
MANUAL SHAFT
D6E517AW5,
05-17A-14
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
10. Turn the protrusion at resistance between the
terminals B and C become 750 ohms.
PROTRUSION
A6E5614W014
TRSWITCH
A6E5614W010
TRSWITCH
A6E5614W016
Resistance
750 ohms
Tightening torque
A6E5614W010
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the manual shaft lever when removing the manual shaft nut, or
the transaxle may be damaged.
05-17A-15
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
15. Install the manual shaft lever and the washer.
MANUAL SHAFT
LEVER
A6E5614W012
Tightening torque
32-46 N-m {3.2-4.7 kgfm, 24-33 ftlbf}
CLIP
A6E5614W018
05-17A-16
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH ADJUSTMENT [FSSA-EL]
E6U051719200W09
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
-2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3].)
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
SELECTOR
CABLE
N D,M
A6E5614W011
CONVERTER
HOUSING
SIDE
MANUAL SHAFT
06E517AW5007
D6E517AW5004
TRSWITCH
MOUNTING BOLTS
A6E5614W020
05-17A-17
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL] .
7. Measure the resistance between the terminals B
and C. TR SWITCH
8. Adjust the switch to the point as follow.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
A6E5614W010
10. Move the selector lever to N position.
11. Verify that the TR switch is aligned with N
position.
12. Connect the TR switch connector.
13. Install the clip to the selector cable as shown in
the figure.
CLIP
A6 E5614W018
14. Connect the selector cable to the manual shaft ~SELECTOR CABLE
lever as shown in the figure.
~-
15. Inspect operation of the TR switch. (See 05-17A-
12 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-17A-12
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) ~-
If not as specified, readjust the TR switch . u~ =--~ ~
16. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3].)
17. Connect the negative battery cable.
A6E56 14W019
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
(PRIMARY)
D6E517AW5008
05-17A-18
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
4. Measure the resistance between the terminals E
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR (PRIMARY)
and H.
If it is out of specification, perform the off-
vehicle inspection of TFT sensor. (See 05-
17A-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
D6E517AW5009
-20 {-4} 236-324
0 {32} 84.3-110
20 {68} 33.5--42.0
40 {104} 14.7-17.9
60 {140} 7.08-8.17
80 {176} 3.61--4.15
100{212} 1.96-2.24
120 {248} 1.13-1 .28
130 {266} 0.87-0.98
5. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3] .)
6. Connect the negative battery cable.
"'*f-Vehicle Inspection
Warning
When the transaxle and ATF are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before replacing ATF.
D6E517AW5036
05-17A.....19
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
ATF temperature (C eF}) Resistance (kilohm)
-20 {-4} 236-324 I
0 {32} 84.3-110
20 {68} 33.5-42.0
40 {104} 14.7-17.9
60 {140} 7.08-8.17
80 {176} 3.61-4.15
100 {212} 1.96-2.24
120 {248} 1.13-1 .28
130 {266} 0.87-0.98
Warning
When the transaxle and ATF are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before replacing the ATF.
05-17A-20
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
E6U051700000W14
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause poor connection or corrosion. Be sure
not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
CORD ASSEMBLY
A6E5614W026
A6E5614W027
A6E5614W026
A6E5614W094
05-17A-21
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Off-vehicle inspection
1. Remove the oil pressure switch.
2. Apply air pressure at 40o-440 kPa {4.1-4.4 kgf/cm 2 ,58-63 psi}
3. Inspect continuity the between oil pressure switch ,...------=-----------------
terminal and screw part.
If not as continuity, replace the oil pressure . . AIR PRESSURE
switch. (See 05-17A-22 OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
EL].)
4. Install the oil pressure switch.
A6E5614W028
Warning
When the transaxle and ATF are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before replacing ATF.
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
05-17A-22
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
5. Measure resistance between the terminals of the
INPUTffURBINE SPEED SENSOR
input/turbine speed sensor.
If not as specified, replace the input/turbine
speed sensor.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
Visual Inspection
1. Remove the intermediate sensor. (See 05-17A-25 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL].)
2. Make sure that the sensor is free of any metallic shavings or particles.
If any are found on the sensor, clean them off.
3. Install the intermediate sensor. (See 05-17A-25 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FS5A-EL].)
05-17A-23
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Wave profile Inspection
1. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
2. Connect WDS or equivalent to DLC connector.
3. Connect oscilloscope test leads to the following TCM connector terminals.
(+)lead: TCM terminai2L
(-)lead: TCM terminal1 P
4. Start the engine.
5. Monitor VSS PI D.
6. Inspect wave profile.
TCM terminal: 2L (+)- 1P (-)
Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y), 2.5 ms/DIV
(X), DC range
Vehicle condition: drive the vehicle with 32
km/h{20 mph}
If wave profile or voltage are out of
OV
..
specifications, carry out the "Open Circuit
Inspection" or "Short Circuit Inspection"
A6E5614W102
D6E517AW5013
05-17A-24
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Secondary Gear Inspection
1. Remove the intermediate sensor. (See 05-17A-251NTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FS5A-EL].)
Shift the selector lever to N position.
Inspect secondary gear surface via intermediate sensor installation hole while rotating the front tire manually.
(1) Is secondary gear free of damage and cracks?
(2) Is secondary gear free of any metallic shavings or particles?
If secondary gear is okay, replace the intermediate sensor.
If there is a problem, clean or replace the secondary gear.
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
If foreign materials are stuck to the intermediate sensor, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause
sensor output to be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
materials such as iron filings are not stuck to the intermediate sensor during installation.
._,_,. ,~ n~~
D6E517AW5016
~
Tightening torque
8-11 N-m {82-112 kgf-cm, 71-97 inlbf}
n~~
7. Connect the intermediate sensor connector.
8. Install the battery and battery tray.
9. Connect the negative battery cable.
D6E517AW5016
Visual Inspection
1. Remove the VSS. (See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
EL].)
2. Make sure that the sensor is free of any metallic shavings or particles.
If any are found on the sensor, clean them off.
Install the VSS. (See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
05-17A-25
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Wave profile Inspection
1. Remove the TCM. (See 05-17A-38 TCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
2. Connect WDS or equivalent to DLC connector.
3. Connect oscilloscope test leads to the following TCM connector terminals.
(+) lead: TCM terminal 2P
(-) lead: TCM terminal 1P
4. Start the engine.
5. Monitor VSS PI D.
6. Inspect wave profile.
TCM terminal: 2P (+)- 1P (-)
Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y), 2.5 ms/DIV
(X), DC range
Vehicle condition: drive the vehicle with 32
km/h{20 mph}
If wave profile or voltage are out of
specifications, carry out the "Open Circuit
Inspection" or "Short Circuit Inspection"
A6E5614W102
05-17A-26
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
Sensor Rotor Inspection
1. Remove the VSS. (See 05-17A-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-
EL].)
Shift the selector lever to N position.
Inspect sensor rotor surface via VSS installation hole while rotating the front tire manually.
(1) Is sensor rotor free of damage and cracks?
(2} Is sensor rotor free of any metallic shavings or particles?
If sensor rotor is okay, replace the VSS.
If there is a problem, clean or replace the sensor rotor.
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
If foreign materials are stuck to the VSS, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause sensor output to
be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
filings are not stuck to the VSS during installation.
Tightening torque
8-11 N-m {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 in-lbf}
vss
INSTALLATION BOLT
05-17A-27
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION (PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL]
E6U051721101W02
Resistance Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
Note
When inspecting the pressure control
solenoid, connect the ground connection to
the ground terminal (terminal I) of the
pressure control solenoid inside the solenoid TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
valve connector. (PRIMARY)
D6E517AW5008
D6E517AW5020
Operating Inspection
1. Disconnect the transaxle connector (primary).
Caution
Do not apply battery position voltage to terminals A, B, C, D, F and G for more than three seconds.
Note
Because the operation sound of the valves is small, perform inspection in a quiet place.
2. Apply battery positive voltage to terminals A,B,C, For G and battery negative voltage to GND, and verify that
operating sound is heard from solenoid.
If the "click" is not heard, inspect the transaxle harness.
If the transaxle harness is okay, perform the resistance inspection (off-vehicle inspection).
- If there is a problem, repair or replace the transaxle harness.
05-17A-28
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
3. Apply battery positive voltage to terminal D and
TRANSAXLE CONNECTOR
battery negative voltage to terminal I, and verify (PRIMARY)
that operating sound is heard from solenoid.
If the "click" is not heard, inspect the transaxle
harness.
If transaxle harness is okay, perform the
resistance inspection (off-vehicle
inspection)
)$(8 F C
If there is a problem, repair or replace the
transaxle harness.
D6E517AW5021
CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
3. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve individually.
If not as specified, replace the solenoid valve.
4. Install the solenoid valve(s). (See 05-17A-30 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION (PRIMARY
CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
5. Connect the negative battery cable.
Resistance
2.4-7.3 ohms
(ATf temperature: -40-150 oc {-40-302 of})
A6 E5614W041
Shift solenoid A, B, C
Resistance
1.Q-4.2 ohms
(ATf temperature: -40-150 oc {-40-302 of})
A6 E5614W042
05-17A-29
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Shift solenoid D, E
Resistance
10.9-26.2 ohms
(ATF temperature: -40-150 oc {-40-302 F})
A6E5614W043
SHIFT
SOLENOID SHIFT
B SOLENOID A
D6E517AW5022
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 Nm
{80-110 kgf.cm , 70-95.4 inlbf}
05-17A-30
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION (SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FSSA-EL]
E6 U051721101 W04
Resistance Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
D6E517AW5025
Operating Inspection
1. Disconnect the transaxle connector (secondary).
Caution
Do not apply battery position voltage to terminals A and B for more than three seconds.
Note
Because the operation sound of the valves is small, perform inspection in a quiet place.
2. Apply battery positive voltage to terminals A and Band battery negative voltage to GND, and verify that
operating sound is heard from solenoid.
If the "click" is not heard, inspect the transaxle harness.
If the transaxle harness is okay, perform the resistance inspection (off-vehicle inspection).
- If there is a problem, repair or replace the transaxle harness.
05-17A-31
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Resistance Inspection (Off-Vehicle Inspection)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the battery and battery tray.
3. Remove the solenoid valve(s). (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION (SECONDAP'
CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
4. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve individually.
If not as specified, replace the solenoid valve.
5. Install the solenoid valve(s). (See 05-17A-32 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION (SECONDARY
CONTROL VALVE BODY) [FS5A-EL].)
6. Install the battery and battery tray.
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
Resistance
1.0-4.2 ohms
(ATF temperature: -40-150 oc {-40-302 F})
A6E5614W042
Shift solenoid F
Resistance
8.4-21.8 ohms
(ATF temperature: -40-150 oc {-40-302 F})
A6E5614W043
D6J517ZA4115
05-17A-32
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
8. Remove the solenoid valve(s).
9. Apply ATF to a new 0-ring and install it on the
solenoid valve.
Install the solenoid valve in the secondary control
valve body.
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 N-m
{80-110 kgf-cm, 70-95.4 in-lbf}
Note
Use the ground of terminal 10 and 1P of the TCM when measuring terminal voltage, as an error may
occur when connecting the negative circuit tester to ground.
lr >< I ~rt~~Jl~
2W 2U 2S 20 20 2M 2K 21 2G 2E 2C 2A 10 1M 1K 11 1G 1E 1C 1A
2X 2V 2T 2R 2P 2N 2L 2J 2H 2F 20 28 1P 1N 1L 1J 1H 1F 1D 18
I Gt~ I
D6J517AW4031
Shift solenoid A Inspect using the wave profile. Inspect shift solenoid A
1A
control
Shift solenoid A (See 05-17A-36 Inspection Using an Inspect related
Oscilloscope (Reference).) harness
Shift solenoid B Inspect using the wave profile. Inspect shift solenoid B
18
control
Shift solenoid B (See 05-17A-36 Inspection Using an Inspect related
Oscilloscope (Reference).) harness
Shift solenoid C Inspect using the wave profile. Inspect shift solenoid C
1C
control
Shift solenoid C (See 05-17A-361nspection Using an Inspect related
Oscilloscope (Reference).) harness
-
Inspect using the wave profile . Inspect pressure
Pressure control Pressure control control solenoid B
1D (See 05-17 A-36 Inspection Using an
solenoid B solenoid B
Oscilloscope (Reference).) Inspect related
harness
05-17A-33
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Voltage
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Action
(V)
harness
Selector lever is at P, N, D (2GR, Inspect shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid D B+
1F Shift solenoid D 4GR, 5GR), M (1GR) position Inspect related
control
Other Below 1.0 harness
Shift solenoid E
Detects TCC operation B+ Inspect shift solenoid E
1H
control
Shift solenoid E
Other Below 1.0
Inspect related
harness
11 - - - - -
Shift solenoid F
1GR, 2GR, 3GR, 4GR B+ Inspect shift solenoid F
1J
control
Shift solenoid F
5GR Below 1.0
Inspect related
harness
05-17A-34
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
Voltage
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Action
(V)
- P position
Approx.
Inspect TR switch
4.6 (See 05-17A-12
Approx. TRANSAXLE RANGE
R position
Selector lever TR switch Ignition switch 3.9 (TR) SWITCH
2H
position (terminal C) ON Approx. INSPECTION [FS5A-
N position EL].)
3.2
D range Approx. Inspect related
M range 2.5 harness
switch ON
Other B+
Inspect related
harness
n~-174-~~
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Inspection Using an Oscilloscope (Reference)
Secondary gear rotating speed signal
TCM terminals
2L (+)-1 P (-)
Oscilloscope setting
1 V/DIV (Y), 2.5 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Drive the vehicle at approx. 32 km/h {19.9 mph}
BDJ3940W032
OV+!rt:im:ihl,H.',4
::r::~:::~::r:rr:[ :::r::rrrr:;:::;:::r:;:::r:
BDJ3940W032
B6E41 3ZWC002
05-17A-36
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Pressure control solenoid A signal
(-)
TCM terminals
1G (+)-1 P (-)
,cilloscope setting
200 mV/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up (engine speed approx. 700
rpm, no load, P/S off, A/C off)
(+)
TCM terminals
1E (+)-1 P (-)
Oscilloscope setting
5 V/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up (engine speed approx. 700
rpm, no load, P/S off, A/C off)
. 1D (+)-1 P (-) I I I I I
--r -- r - - r - -r- -r- - r - - r --r - - r - - r - - r -- r-- r --r --
I I I I I
1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I
1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I
5 V/DIV (V), 5 ms/DIV (X), DC range I I I I I I I I I I
-- r- - r - - r - - r --r -- r - - r - -
I
Vehicle condition I
I
I
I
I
I
--r - - r - - r - - r -
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4GR~5GR, 5GR~4GR 1 I I I
I I I I I
-r- -r- -r--r-- r--r --r --
1 I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
-- r--r- - r--r -- r - - -r--r--r--r--r- - r--r-
1 I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
--r-- r- -r--r- -r --r - -r--r - -r--r- - r--r - -r
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
- -r-- r- -r - -r-- r - - r- -r--r -- r-- r - -r --r--r--
1 I I t I I I I t I I I I
I I I I I I I I
D6J517AW4045
ov
05-17A-37
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Shift solenoid B control
TCM terminals
18 (+)-1 p (-)
Oscilloscope setting
5 V/DIV (Y) , 5 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
1GR (D range)
OV
ov
7.8-10.8
{79.6-110.0. 69.1-95.5}
Nm {kgf-cm, in-lbf}
B6U0517W114
05-17A-38
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]
E6U051700000W11
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
__ 2. Remove the battery and battery tray.
Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3].)
. Remove the front tires and splash shield.
5. Remove the under cover.
6. Remove the steering gear and linkage, and pipe assembly installation bolts from the front crossmember, then
suspend the steering gear and linkage with a cable. (See 06-12-11 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3].)
7. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
Caution
To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating, remove the transaxle without
tilting it toward the torque converter.
_ATX overhaul X X X
1
...;il pump replacement X
12. Carry out the road test. (See 05-17 A-7 ROAD TEST [FS5A-EL].)
05-17A-39
AUTOMATIC TRANSA
39-5-53.4
8
v~~
I
(f()l
~
93.1-126.4
{9.5-12.8,
6 69-93}
14. 37.3-52
{3.8-53
. ' 28-38}
66.6-93.1
{6-8D-9.49 ' 49 .2-68.6} 85-3-116 6
~f\j
~
{6.7-11.8 62
/
'._..~
~~
~ 8
[4.7,32-}
43.1-54.9
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
9 Transaxle connector (secondary) 23 Joint shaft
10 Oil dipstick and filler tube (See 03-13-3 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3].)
- 11 Harness bracket
24 No.1 engine mount
2 Oil hose
(See 05-17A-45 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
13 Selector cable Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note.)
14 Transaxle mounting bolt (upper side) 25 Crossmember bracket
15 Starter 26 Crossmember
16 Endplate cover (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
17 Tie-rod end ball joint REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 06-12-12 Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal 27 Torque converter installation nuts
Note) (See 05-17A-44 Torque Converter Nuts Removal
18 Stabilizer control link Note)(See05-17A-44 Torque Converter Nuts
Installation Note.)
19 Damper fork
28 No.4 engine mount
20 Lower arm (front, rear) ball joint (See 05-17A-41 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
(See 02-13-11 Front Lower Arm (Front) Ball Joint Removal Note)
Removal Note.) (See 05-17 A-45 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
21 Drive shaft Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note.)
(See 03-13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU 29 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
INSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC].)
30 Transaxle
22 Drive shaft (See 05-17A-43 Transaxle Removal Note)
(See 03-13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU (See 05-17A-43 Transaxle Installation Note.)
INSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
MAIN FRAME
REAR SHAFT
SLIDE BARS
L) U FRONT SHAFT
05-17A-41
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
(1) Install the right rear shaft of the SST to the
bolt of the right shock absorber as shown in
the figure.
(2) Install the left rear shaft of the SST to the bolt
of the left shock absorber. (Identical position
to the right side)
Caution
When setting the SST on the right side,
make sure it doesn't interfere with the
ABS!TCS HU/CM.
E6U5 17AW5003
Note
The SST (49 E017 SAO) can be used in
place of the SST (49 C017 SAO).
05-17A-42
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Transaxle Removal Note
1. Lean the engine toward the transaxle.
2. Support the transaxle on a jack.
- Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
A6E5614W051
Tightening torque
B
37.3-52 N-m {3.8-5.3 kgf.m, 28-38 ft-lbf}
A
05-17A-43
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
Torque Converter Nuts Removal Note
1. Hold the crankshaft pulley to prevent drive plate
from rotating.
A6E5614W091
D6J517AW4010
Caution
Loosely and equally tighten the torque
converter nuts, then further tighten them
to the specified tightening torque.
A6E5614W091
Tightening torque
34.3-60.8 N-m {3.5-6.2 kgfm, 25-45 ftlbf}
D6J517AW4010
05-17A-44
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note
1. Verify that the engine mount rubbers are installed as shown.
2. By aligning the holes with the stud bolts, install the No.4 engine mount bracket to the transaxle.
By aligning the holes with the stud bolts, install the No.1 engine mount to the transaxle.
Align the hole of the No.4 engine mount bracket with the No.4 engine mount rubber on vehicle, and temporarily
tighten the bolt D.
5. Tighten the nut B,C in order of B--+C, then bolt A.
6. Tighten the bolt D.
Tightening torque
A, 8, C: 66.6-93.1 Nm {6.8-9.4 kgf.m, 50-
68 ftlbf} B
D: 85.3-116.6 Nm {8.7-11.8 kgfm, 63-85
ftlbf}
Tightening torque
E: 85.3-116.6 N-m {8.7-11.8 kgf.m, 63-85
A
A6E5112W005
ftlbf}
A6E5112W006
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the oil seal.
2. Remove the drive shaft. (See 03-13-16 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3, L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the oil seal.
4. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal
in evenly until the SST contacts the transaxle
case.
5. Coat the lip of the oil seal with transaxle oil.
6. Install the drive shaft. (See 03-13-16 FRONT
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3,
L3 WITH TC].)
7. Add ATF. (See 05-17A-12 AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE FLUID {ATF) REPLACEMENT
[FS5A-EL].)
8. Carry out the mechanical system test. (See 05-
17A-4 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FS5A-
E6U517AW5006
EL].)
n~-174-4~
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL [FS5A-EL]
E6U051721100W02
On-Vehicle Removal
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyes whenever using compressed air.
Caution
Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents before removal.
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle during installation of the oil pan, trouble may occur in the
transaxle case and oil pan. Clean with cleaning fluids.
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID A
CONNECTOR
GROUND
D6E517AW5029
ACCUMULATOR
A6E56 14W059
05-17A-46
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]
E6U051721100W 03
On-Vehicle Installation
Caution PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Be sure to align the parking rod and the
manual valve.
PARKING
ASSIST
LEVER
COMPONENT MANUAL
VALVE
D6E51 7ZA5002
1. Install the accumulator springs and accumulators
into the transaxle case.
Free SERVO APPLY
Outer Wire ACCUMULATOR
Length No. of
Spring diameter diameter
(mm coils
(mm {in}) (mm {in})
{in})
Servo apply
21.0 67.8 3.5
accumulator 10.3 FORWARD
{0.827} {2.669} {0.1 38}
large spring ACCUMULATOR
Servo apply
13.0 67.8 2.2
accumulator 17.1
{0.512} {2.669} {0.087}
small spring
Forward FORWARD
21.0 75.0 2.3 ACCUMULATOR
accumulator 10.7
lqrge spring {0.827} {2.953} {0.091}
SERVO
rward APPLY
I. .
ccumulator
small spring
15.6
{0.614}
49.0
{1.929}
7.7
2.4
{0.094}
ACCUMULATOR
A6E5614W061
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 Nm
{8Q-110 kgf-cm, 70-95 in-lbf}
05-17A-47
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
4. Match the harness colors, then connect the SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR
solenoid connectors and GND, and install the TFT
sensor.
PRESSURE
Color of connector CONTROL
Spring
(harness side) SOLENOID A
CONNECTOR
Pressure control solenoid A Black
Shift solenoid A White
Shift solenoid B Blue GROUND
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 Nm {80-110 kgf.cm, 70-95 inlbf}
Tightening torque
6-8 Nm {62-81 kgf.cm, 53-70 inlbf}
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyes whenever using compressed air.
Caution
Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents before removal.
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle during installation of the oil pan, trouble may occur in the
transaxle case and oil pan. Clean with cleaning fluids.
05-17A-48
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
6. Disconnect the solenoid connectors.
SHIFT
SOLENOID F
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID B
D6E51 7ZA5004
BOLT
D6E517ZA5005
TUBULAR PIN
D6E517AW5031
TUBULAR PIN
D6E517AW5031
05-17A-49
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
2. Install the secondary control valve body
component and ground.
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 N-m
{8Q-110 kgf-cm, 7Q-95 inlbf}
D6E517ZA5006
D6E517ZA5004
Tightening torque
7.8-10.8 Nm {8Q-109 kgf.cm, 7Q-95
inlbf}
D6E517ZA5007
Tightening torque
18-26 Nm {1.9-2.6 kgfm, 14-19 ftlbf}
05-17A-50
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FSSA-EL]
E6U051719900W04
Note
The contaminated cooler line (oil pipes and hoses) and auxiliary cooler must be flushed completely when
ATX is overhauled or replaced.
Caution OIL
Power flushing should be performed very COOLER
carefully when removing the
accumulated debris from the fluid baffle,
otherwise the debris cannot be removed
or the problem becomes even worse.
-- {1) Remove the oil pan and inspect the fluid filter
element from the front filter.
FLUID
{2) If the element is covered with too much debris FILTER
or particles and cannot be seen, replace the ELEMENT
oil cooler. (See 05-17A-52 OIL COOLER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].) (See
05-17A-54 OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [FS5A-EL].)
0
{3) If the element can be seen, flush the oil cooler
lines using the power-flushing tool.
Performing back and reverse power
flushing two times each does not work
A6E5614W066
because debris or particles flow out from
the feed pipe side of ATX.
Power Flushing
Repair procedure
1. Before power flushing, inspect the hoses/lines and clamps. Power flushing must begin with back flushing
followed by forward flushing to quickly dislodge the restriction. If back flushing is not performed before forward
flushing, the restriction could further reduce the ATF flow through the internal mesh type baffle of the cooler and
flushing will not be effective or possible.
Caution
Always use new clamps when replacing hoses.
05-17A-51
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Back flushing
1. Using the power flushing equipment
manufacturer's instructions, connect equipment
so the flushing fluid flows in the opposite direction
of normal fluid flow.
2. Flush oil cooler/lines until discharge fluid is clean.
FLUSHING
Caution /FLUID IN
If the cooler can not be properly flushed
using recommended equipment, send the
radiator out for sublet cleaning or
replace.
8 6U0517W017
Forward flushing
1. Connect power flushing equipment so the flushing fluid flows in the direction of normal fluid flow.
2. Flush oil cooler/lines until discharge fluid is clean.
FLUSHING
/FLUID OUT
8 6U0517WOOB
05-17A-52
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Nm {kgf-m, ftlbf}
E6U517AW5004
Note
Flushing must be performed after installation of the overhauled or replaced transaxle.
A6E5614W070
05-17A-53
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
2. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown.
Note
If reusing the hose, install the new hose
clamp exactly on the mark left by the
previous hose camp. Then apply force to the
hose clamp in the direction of the arrow in
order to fit the clamp in place.
OIL
HOSE
3. Install the new hose clamp onto the hose.
4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with
8 6U0517W1 32
any other components.
llll3
!
--------
I
-
----<4) llJI
-
0.78-1.56
{8.0--15.9, 7.0--13.8}
@-----------------------N~-~m~{k=gf-cm, inlbf}
B6U0517W018
05-17A-54
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note
1. Inspect the height of the header tabs. .------------------------,
2. Insert the end of a medium tip screwdriver
- between the end of the header tab and the outer
tank.
Note
Do not open more tabs than necessary for HEADER TAB
tank removal. ><---"'---ir--nEI GHT
0-RING
A6E5614W073
Note
If any header tabs are missing from the core,
replace the radiator.
Note
Step 3 will set jaw opening to the correct
specification.
A6E5614W075
A6E5614W093
05-17A-55
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
4. Squeeze the header tabs down in the order as
shown against the lip of the radiator outer tank
base with the locking-type pliers while rotating the
pliers toward the tank.
LOCKING TYPE
PLIERS
(j)
@
CD
A6 E5614W076
HEADER TAB
}'--.L...-.ji----M EIGHT
0-RING
A6 E5614W073
I!!Diil ~
2
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
B6U517ZWA001
05-17A-56
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal Note
1. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
2. Remove the bolts and the drive plate.
1.
2.
3.
Caution
Clean the crankshaft threads before tightening the bolts.The threads may be damaged if the bolts
are tightened with any old sealant remaining.
Tightening torque
108-116 N-m
{11.o-11.8 kgfm, 79.7-85.5 ftlbf}
05-17A-57
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
05-178 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT)
'DEX [AW6A-EL] ................ 05-17B-2 REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] ......... 05-17B-29
...O::CHANICAL SYSTEM TEST AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVALJ
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-3 INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL] .......... 05-17B-30
Mechanical System Test Preparation .. 05-17B-3 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
Line Pressure Test ................ 05-17B-4 Removal Note ................... 05-17B-32
Stall Test ....................... 05-17B-6 Torque Converter Nuts
Time Lag Test ................... 05-17B-7 Removal Note ....... . ...... . .... 05-17B-34
ROAD TEST [AW6A-EL] ............. 05-17B-7 Transaxle Removal Note ............ 05-17B-34
Road Test Preparation ............. 05-17B-7 Breather Hose Installation Note ...... 05-17B-35
Shift Diagram .................... 05-17B-8 Transaxle Installation Note .......... 05-17B-35
D Range Test .................... 05-17B-8 Torque Converter Nuts
M Range Test. ............... .. 05-17B-10 Installation Note .............. . 05-17B-35
P Position Test ........... .. ...... 05-17B-11 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) Installation Note ................. 05-17B-36
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ........... 05-17B-11 No.1 Engine Mount Installation Note ... 05-17B-36 1 :
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Selector Cable Installation Note ...... 05-17B-37
Condition Inspection ............. 05-17B-11 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] ....... 05-17B-37
Level Inspection ................. 05-17B-12 DIFFERENTIAL GEAR 0-RING
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] ......... 05-17B-38
REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL] .. ..... 05-17B-12 CONTROL VALVE BODY
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH REMOVALJINSTALLATION
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ........... 05-17B-13 [AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-39
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE On-Vehicle Removal .... . .......... 05-17B-39
(TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION On-Vehicle Installation .............. 05-17B-43
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-13 TORQUE CONVERTER
On-Vehicle Inspection ............. 05-17B-13 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
- Off-Vehicle Inspection ............ 05-17B-14 [AW6A-EL] . . .... . ................ 05-17B-46
~NSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP) REPLACEMENT
, CFT) SENSOR [AW6A-EL] . . ..................... 05-17B-47
REMOVALJINSTALLATION OIL COOLER FLUSHING [AW6A-EL] ... 05-17B-48
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-15 Power Flushing ................... 05-17B-48
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR OIL COOLER
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ........... 05-17B-16 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
On-Vehicle Inspection ............. 05-17B-16 [AW6A-EL] ...................... 05-17B-49
Off-Vehicle Inspection ............. 05-17B-17 Radiator (In Tank Oil Cooler)
INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR Installation Note ................. 05-17B-50
REMOVALJINSTALLATION Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp,
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-18 Oil Hose Installation Note .......... 05-17B-51
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) OIL COOLER
INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ........... 05-17B-19 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
On-Vehicle Inspection ............. 05-17B-19 [AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-52
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION Radiator Outer Tank
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-20 (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note . . . 05-17B-53
Resistance Inspection Radiator Outer Tank
(On-Vehicle Inspection) ........... 05-17B-20 (In Tank Oil Cooler)
Continuity Inspection Installation Note ................. 05-17B-53
(On-Vehicle Inspection) ........... 05-17B-20 DRIVE PLATE
TCM INSPECTION [AW6A-EL] ........ 05-17B-21 REMOVALJINSTALLATION
TR Switch Operating Inspection ..... 05-17B-21 [AW6A-EL] ...................... . 05-17B-54
Control Module Inspection ...... . 05-17B-21 Drive Plate Mounting Bolts
TCM REMOVALJINSTALLATION Removal Note ........ . .......... 05-17B-55
[AW6A-EL] ....................... 05-17B-25 Drive Plate Installation Note ......... 05-17B-55
Neutral Position Learning ........... 05-17B-28
05-178-1
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [AW6A-EL]
E6U051700000W01
D6U517CW7001
05-178-2
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
3 Input/turbine speed sensor 10 Differential gear 0-ring
(See 05-17B-16 INPUT!fURBINE SPEED (See 05-17B-38 DIFFERENTIAL GEAR 0-RING
SENSOR INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-17B-181NPUT!fURBINE SPEED 11 Control valve body
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-39 CONTROL VALVE BODY
4 Vehicle speed sensor REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-178-19 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 12 Torque converter
(VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-46 TORQUE CONVERTER
5 Solenoid valve REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-17B-20 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION 13 Oil seal (oil pump)
[AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-47 OIL SEAL (OIL PUMP)
6 TCM REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-17B-13 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) 14 Oil cooler
SWITCH INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) (See 05-17B-48 OIL COOLER FLUSHING
(See 05-178-21 TCM INSPECTION [AW6A-EL].) [AW6A-EL].)
(See 05-17B-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION (See 05-17B-49 OIL COOLER REMOVAU
[AW6A-EL].) INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7 Oil seal (manual shaft) (See 05-17B-52 OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/
(See 05-178-29 OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) ASSEMBLY [AW6A-EL].)
REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].) 15 Drive plate
8 Automatic transaxle (See 05-17B-54 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAU
(See 05-178-30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
9 Oil seal (differential)
(See 05-17B-37 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
05-178-3
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Line Pressure Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-17B-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
Warning
Removing the test plug when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of the
opening and badly burn you. Before removing the test plug, allow the ATF to cool.
2. Connect the SSTs (49 HD64 406A and, 49 0378 400C) to the line pressure inspection port and replace the
gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C) with the SST (49 B019 901 B).
R POSITION
D6U517CW7002
3. Start the engine and warm it up until the ATF reaches 60-70 oc {140-158 F}.
4. Shift the selector lever to the D range.
Caution
Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
5. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the D range.
6. Read the line pressure while the engine is idling for the R position and M range in the same manner as in Steps
4-5.
Line pressure
Position/range Line pressure (kPa {kgf/cm 2 , psi})
D,M IIdle 372-432 {3.8-4.4, 54-62}
R lldle 580-670 {6.Q-6.8, 85-97}
7. Stop the engine, then replace the SST (49 B019 901 B) with the gauge of the SST (49 0378 400C).
05-178-4
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
8. Connect the WDS or equivalent to the DLC-2.
9. Measure the LPS PID value.
10. Start the engine.
Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
Shift the selector lever to the D range.
Caution DLC-2
If the accelerator pedal is pressed for
more than 5 s while the brake pedal is
pressed, the transaxle could be
damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 11
and 12 within 5 s.
500
{5.1 ' 73} 300 CURRENT 300
{5.1, 73}
E6U517BW5005
Warning
Removing the SST when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of the opening
and badly burn you. Before removing the SST, allow the ATF to cool.
Tightening torque
5.9-8.8 N-m {61-89 kgf-cm, 53-77 in-lbf}
05-178-5
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Line pressure test evaluation
Condition Possible cause
Line pressure control solenoid malfunction I
Lower than specification in D range and Primary regulator valve malfunction
\
R position Oil pump malfunction
Oil leaking from D range or R position hydraulic circuit
Constant pressure without fluctuation in
hydraulic pressure to throttle in D range Line pressure control solenoid malfunction
and R position Control valve body internal malfunction
Stall Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-178-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Start the engine.
3. Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
4. Shift the selector lever to the D range.
Caution
If the accelerator pedal is depressed for more than 5 s while the brake pedal is depressed, the
transaxle could be damaged. Therefore, perform Steps 5 and 6 within 5 s.
Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the average.
05-178-6
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Time Lag Test
1. Perform mechanical system test preparation. (See 05-178-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
2. Start the engine.
--- Warm up the engine until the ATF temperature reaches 6Q-70C {14Q-158F}.
Shift the selector lever from the N position to D range.
5. Use a stopwatch to measure the time it takes from shifting until shock is felt. Take three measurements for each
test and average from the results using the following formula.
Formula
Average time lag = (Time 1 + Time 2 + Time 3) /3
6. Perform the test for the following shifts in the same manner as in Step 5.
N position ~ R position
N~D shift
Condition
Warning
When performing a road test, be aware of other vehicles, people, and other impediments to order
to avoid an accident.
Note
When the legal speed limit must be exceeded, use a chassis dynamometer instead of performing a road
test.
05-178-7
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Shift Diagram
D range (normal mode)
8/8
j
I I
I I ~:{ ~ 16
7/8 -
/
/
I
/
/ ----I
,"' 1 - - 2 /
:3. lGR .
6/8 - /
/
/
/
/
/
2 lv v ;A1
1~2 2~3
(!) / /
z - /
/ /
;~g~
5/8
zUJ /
/
/
/
c.. /
"' "'
/ :Vr-t:_M_f\_II_V_P :
0
UJ
4/8 - /
/
"' "'
...J
f- /
/
"' "' "' ;~t::r.i :
-
/
"' "' lv v :
ba: 3/8
"' "' "'
~:,:
fr~
SHIFT UP
1/8 -
- - - - - - - SHIFT DOWN
0/8
2~ 0 2~0
I I I I I I
10 20 30 160 170 180 190 200 23 0
~~~:
0 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
{0} {6.2} {12} {19} {31} {37} {43} {50} {56} {62} {68} {74} {81} {87} {93} {99} {105} {1 12} {11 8} {1 24} {131 } {137} {143}
4GR -- "'R
I I
--
TCC OPERATION TCC VEHICLE SPEED km/h {mph}
OFF OPERATION
5GR ON
TCC OPERATION
OFF
E6U517BW5001
D Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See 05-17B-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to D range.
3. Accelerate with the depressing amount of accelerator pedal half and then fully depress.
4. Verify that 1~2 . 2~3 . 3~4 . 4~5 . and 5 ~6 upshifts and downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be as
shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
5. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR, 3GR, and 2GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 6~ 5 . 5~4 . 4~3.
3~2 . 2~1 downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained. The operation points must be as shown in the table
below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
05-178-8
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Vehicle speed at shift point table
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
,_Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1~D2 42-48 {27-29} 5, 15Q-5,850
D2~D3 83-91 {52-56} 5,85Q-6,350
D3~D4 129-139 {8Q-86} 5,95Q-6,350
Wide open TCC ON (D4) 159-169{99-104} 5,45Q-5,750
throttle D4~Ds 177-187 {11Q-115} 6,05Q-6,350
TCC ON (D 5 ) 197-207{123-128} 5,00Q-5,250
Ds~Ds 214--224{133-138} 5,45Q-5,650
TCC ON (D 6) 214--224{133-138} 4,350-4,500
D1~D2 27-34 {17-21} 3,250-4,250
D2~D3 52-68 {33-42} 3,650-4,750
D3~D4 82-107 {51-66} 3,750-4,900
TCC ON (D4) 9Q-126 {56-78} 3,1 00-4,300
Half throttle
D4~Ds 13Q-154 {81-95} 4,45Q-5,250
D NORMAL
TCC ON (D 5) 123-157{77-97} 3, 15Q-3,950
Ds~Ds 177-193 {110-119} 4,500-4,900
TCC ON (D 6 ) 200-215{124--133} 4,050-4,350
Ds~Ds 47-53 {3Q-32} 1,00Q-1 ,050
Ds~D4 35-41 {22-25} 900-1,000
Closed throttle
D4~D3 24--30 {15-18} 850-1 ,000
position
D3~D2 7-13 {5-8} 35Q-550
D3~D1 7-13 {5-8} 35Q-550
Ds~Ds 207-217 {129-134} 4,200-4,350
Ds~D4 156--166{97-102} 4,000-4,200
Kickdown D4~D3 116--126 {72-78} 4,000-4,250
D3~D2 76--84 {48-52} 3,50Q-3,850
D2~D1 33-39 {21-24} 2,35Q-2,700
05-178-9
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Throttle Vehicle speed Turbine speed
Range Mode Shift
condition (km/h {mph}) (rpm)
D1~D2 42-48 {27-29} 5,150-5,850 '
D2~D3 83-91 {52-56} 5,850-6,350
D3~D4 129-139 {80-86} 5,950-6,350
Wide open TCC ON (D4) 159-169 {99-104} 5,450-5,750
throttle
D4~Ds 177-187 {110-115} 6,050-6,350
TCC ON (D 5 ) 197-207{123-128} 5,000-5,250
TCC ON (De) 214--224{133--138} 4,350-4,500
D1~D2 28-36 {18-22} 3,350-4,500
Dr~D3 53-69 {33-42} 3,700-4,850
D3~D4 86-112 {54--69} 3,950-5,150
Half throttle TCC ON (D4) 97-130 {61-80} 3,300-4,400
D4~Ds 177-187 {110-115} 6,050-6,350
D POWER
TCC ON (D 5 ) 145-170{90-105} 3,700-4,300
TCC ON (De) 200-215{124--133} 4,050-4,350
De~Ds 47-53 {30-32} 1,000-1,050
Ds~D4 35-41 {22-25} 900-1 ,000
Closed throttle
D4~D3 24--30 {15-18} 850-1,000
position
D3~D2 7-13 {5-8} 350-550
D3~D1 7-13 {5-8} 350-550
De~Ds 207-217{129--134} 4,200-4,350
Ds~D4 156-166{97-102} 4,000-4,200
Kickdown D4~D3 116-126 {72-78} 4,000-4,250
D3~D2 76-84 {48-52} 3,500-3,850 i
D2~D1 33-39 {21-24} 2,350-2,700 I
M Range Test
1. Perform road test preparation. (See 05-17B-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Shift the selector lever to M range.
3. Verify that 1---+2, 2---+3, 3---+4, 4---+5 and 5---+6 upshifts and 6---+5, 5---+4, 4---+3, 3---+2, and 2---+ 1 downshifts are
obtained by manual shifting of the selector lever forward and back.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
4. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that 6---+5, 5---+4, 4---+3, 3---+ 1 downshifts are obtained. The shift points must be
as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction , inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
5. Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in 1GR.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
6. Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained in 4GR, 5GR and 6GR. The operation points must
be as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
7. Drive the vehicle in 6GR, 5GR, 4GR and 3GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 6---+5, 5---+4, 4---+3, 3---+2
downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the TCM and ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
ITEM TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
05-178-10
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Vehicle speed at shift point table
I Range Mode
Throttle
condition
Shift
Vehicle speed
km/h {mph}
Turbine speed
(rpm)
TCC ON (M4) 97-136 {61-84} 3,300-4,650
:
Half throttle TCC ON (M 5) 138-166 {86-102} 3,500-4,200
TCC ON (M5) 200--215{124--133} 4,050-4,350
M6~M5 47-53 {30--32} 1,000-1 ,050
M5~M4 35-41 {22-25} 900--1 ,000
All round
M Manual M4~M3 24--30 {15-18} 850--1,000
M3~M1 7-13 {5-8} 350-550
M6~M5 207-217 {129-134} 4,200-4,350
M5~M4 156-166{97-102} 4,000-4,200
Kick down
M4~M3 65-75 {41-46} 2,250-2,550
M3~M2 42-50 {27-31} 1,950-2,250
P Position Test
1. Shift into P position on a gentle slope. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the ATX. (See 05-03B-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE [AW6A-EL].)
05-178-11
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual {1858-1U-G5H)
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Automatic Transaxle Fluid {ATF) Level Inspection
Caution
The ATF amount varies according to ATF temperature. Therefore, when checking the ATF level o
replacing the ATF, use a thermometer to measure the temperature and adjust the ATF amount to
the specified level according to the specified temperature.
.I ______ .
ATF
Type:JWS33091
20"C 65"C
(REFERENCE) =I
ATF TEMPERATURE
1s-25 c {59-77 "F}
D6U517CW7005
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.
D6U517CW7082
Tightening torque
23.5-54.9 N-m {2.4-5.5 kgfm, 17.4-40.4
ft-lbf}
10. Install a new 0-ring and the filler plug.
Tightening torque
23.5-54.9 Nm {2.4-5.5 kgf.m, 17.4-40.4 ftlbf}
Note
TR switch function is installed as one part of TCM .
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
D6U5 17CW7020
14. Install the TFT sensor. (See 05-178-15 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
15. Install the control valve body. (See 05-178-43 On-Vehicle Installation.)
16. Apply ATF to a new 0-ring and install it on the oil pipe.
17. Install the oil pipe and oil hose. (See 05-178-49 OIL COOLER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
18. Connect the lower radiator hose.
19. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
20. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-178-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL].)
21. Install the front crossmember. (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEM8ER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
22. Install the under cover.
23. Install the air cleaner component and air cleaner bracket. (See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AJ].)
24. Connect the negative battery cable.
05-178-14
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL]
E6U051719200W03
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
Caution
Do not damage the wiring harness.
Do not pull hard on the wiring harness.
D6U517CW7017
Caution
Do not apply ATF to the 0-ring.
~GASKET
D6U517CW7018
Caution
Do not apply too much force to the
coupler component.
Do not damage the coupler component.
D6U517CW7018
05-178-15
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
18. Install a new coupler component lock plate.
19. Install the control valve body. (See 05-178-43
On-Vehicle Installation.)
20. Apply ATF to a new 0-ring and install it on the oil
pipe.
21. Install the oil pipe and oil hose. (See 05-178-49
OIL COOLER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
22. Connect the lower radiator hose.
23. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE
COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
24. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-178-12
D6U517CW7019
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
25. Install the front crossmember. (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
26. Install the under cover.
27. Install the TCM. (See 05-178-25 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
28. Install the air cleaner component and air cleaner bracket. (See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AJ].)
29. Connect the negative battery cable.
30. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-178-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL].)
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
Note
Inspect with a tester that can indicate more
D6U517CW7016
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.
05-178-16
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Off-Vehicle Inspection
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before replacing the ATF.
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
=
INSTALLATION [AJ].)
3. Place the heater pipe out of the way.
4. Remove the under cover.
5. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
6. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
7. Disconnect the lower radiator hose and place the lower radiator hose out of the way.
8. Remove the oil hose, oil pipe and 0-ring. (See 05-17B-49 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
9. Remove the front crossmember. (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the control valve body. (See 05-17B-39 On-Vehicle Removal.)
11. Remove the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17B-18 INPUT/TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
12. Connect the input/turbine speed sensor terminal
2 to the battery positive terminal, connect the
battery negative terminal to input/turbine speed
sensor terminal 1 through an ammeter set to a
resistance of 100 ohm.
D6U517CW7090
MAGNET
SHAKING DIRECTION
06U517CW7091
05-178-17
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Input/turbine speed sensor
Signal Current (mA) I
High 12.0-16.0 I
Low 4.0-8.0
14. Install the input/turbine speed sensor. (See 05-178-18 INPUT!rUR81NE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
15. Install the control valve body. (See 05-178-43 On-Vehicle Installation.)
16. Apply ATF to a new 0-ring and install it on the oil pipe.
17. Install the oil pipe and oil hose. (See 05-178-49 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
18. Connect the lower radiator hose.
19. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
20. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-178-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL].)
21. Install the front crossmember. (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEM8ER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
22. Install the under cover.
23. Install the air cleaner component and air cleaner bracket. (See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [AJ].)
24. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-178-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL].)
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until then are cool
before replacing the ATF.
Caution
Do not damage the input/turbine speed sensor.
Tightening torque
3.9-6.9 N-m {40-70 kgf.cm, 26-60 inlbf}
05-178-18
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [AW6A-EL]
E6U051719200W06
On-Vehicle Inspection
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
Note
Inspect with a tester that can indicate more
D6U517CW7016
than 10 megohms and confirm that the
value is more than 1 megohm.
05-178-19
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [AW6A-EL]
E6U051721101W01
Resistance Inspection (On-Vehicle Inspection)
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
D6U517CW7016
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Do not damage the terminals.
05-178-20
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
TCM INSPECTION [AWGA-EL]
E6U051718901W01
TR Switch Operating Inspection
_1. Verify that the starter operates only when the ignition switch is turned to the START position with the selector
lever in PorN position.
If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-178-28 Neutral Position Learning.)
2. Verify that the back-up lights illuminate when shifted to R position with the ignition switch at the ON position.
If there is any malfunction, neutral position learning. (See 05-178-28 Neutral Position Learning.)
3. Verify that the positions of the selector lever and
the indicator light correspond.
If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral SELECTOR INDICATOR LIGHT
position learning. (See 05-178-28 Neutral
Position Learning.)
4. Verify that the TR PID is normal.
If there is any malfunction, perform the neutral
position learning. (See 05-178-28 Neutral
@
Position Learning.)
voltage table.
If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table (Reference), inspect the parts under
"Inspection item (s)".
Warning
Be careful not to damage the connector waterproofing when measuring the TCM terminal voltage.
If damaged, the waterproofing efficiency could be negatively affected.
Note
Use the ground of terminal J of the TCM short cord connector wiring harness-side) when measuring
terminal voltage, as an error may occur when connecting the negative circuit tester to ground.
D6U517BW7200
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Inspect for continuity between
TCM short cord connector
Battery back up
A Battery Constant B+ terminal A (wiring harness-side)
supply
and A1 wiring harness-side).
Inspect related harness
Ignition switch ON B+ Inspect for continuity between
TCM short cord connector
terminal B wiring harness-side)
B Power supply Ignition switch
Ignition switch OFF Below 1.0 and A 11 (wiring harness-side).
Inspect Ignition switch
Inspect related harness
05-178-21
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Inspection item (s)
Ignition
Shift the switch B+ Inspect for continuity between
selector ON TCM short cord connector
c Starter relay Starter relay lever to
Ignition
terminal C (wiring harness-sid
PorN and A5 (wiring harness-side).
switch Below 1.0
position.
OFF
Inspect related harness
Shift up
Below 1.0 Inspect for continuity between
(M range) TCM short cord connector
terminal D (wiring harness-side)
and A3 (wiring harness-side).
Up switch Up switch
D (Selector lever (Selector lever Inspect selector lever
Other ranges, all component
component) component) B+ (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
positions
LEVER COMPONENT
INSPECTION)
Inspect related harness
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication, Inspect for continuity between
good/no good TCM short cord connector
F CAN_L PCM judgment by - terminal F (wiring harness-side)
terminal voltage is and A6 (wiring harness-side).
not possible. Carry Inspect related harness
out inspection
according to DTCs.
M range Below 1.0 Inspect for continuity between
TCM short cord connector
terminal G (wiring harness-side)
and A? (wiring harness-side).
G M range switch M range switch Other positions, all
Inspect Selector lever
B+ component
ranges (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
LEVER COMPONENT
INSPECTION) I
Inspect related harness
Because this
terminal is for serial
communication , Inspect for continuity between
good/no good TCM short cord connector
H CAN_H PCM judgment by - terminal H (wiring harness-side)
terminal voltage is and A14 (wiring harness-side).
not possible. Carry Inspect related harness
out inspection
according to DTCs.
Shift down
Below 1.0 Inspect for continuity between
(M range) TCM short cord connector
terminal K (wiring harness-side)
and A14 (wiring harness-side).
Down switch Down switch
K (Selector lever (Selector lever Inspect selector lever
Other ranges, all component
component) component) B+
positions (See 05-18-6 SELECTOR
LEVER COMPONENT
INSPECTION)
Inspect related harness
Shift the Inspect for continuity between
selector TCM short cord connector
Below 1.0
leverto R terminal L (wiring harness-side)
Ignition
position . and A13 (wiring harness-side).
L Back-up light relay Back-up light relay switch
ON Inspect back-up light relay
(See 09-21-7 RELAY
Other B+ INSPECTION)
Inspect related harness
05-178-22
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Terminal Continuity/Resistance Table (Reference)
COUPLE COMPONENT
D6U5 17BW7201
I :
Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
A9 System GND GND Constant Continuity Inspect related harness
Inspect Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-178-20
control 5.0-5.6
81 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals 83 20C {68F} INSPECTION [AW6A-
control GND
and 81 (wiring EL])
harness-side). Inspect related harness
Inspect shift solenoid B
(See 05-178-20
Shift solenoid 11-15 SOLENOID VALVE
82 Shift solenoid 8 ATF temperature: 20C {68F}
8 control (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL])
Inspect related harness
Inspect Inspect line pressure
resistance control solenoid
Line pressure
Line pressure between couple ATF (See 05-178-20
control 5.0-5.6
83 control component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
solenoid terminals 83 20C {68F} INSPECTION [AW6A-
control
and 81 (wiring EL])
harness-side). Inspect related harness
Inspect Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-178-20
TCC control 5.0-5.6
84 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control GND terminals 89 20C {68F} INSPECTION [AW6A-
and 84 (wiring EL])
harness-side). Inspect related harness
Inspect shift solenoid A
(See 05-178-20
Shift solenoid 11-15 SOLENOID VALVE
85 Shift solenoid A ATF temperature: 20C {68F}
A control (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL])
Inspect related harness
ATF
5.62-7.31
temperature:
Inspect
10C {50F}
(kilohms) Inspect TFT sensor
TFT sensor resistance (See 05-178-13
87
GND between couple ATF TRANSAXLE FLUID
3.5
TFT sensor component temperature: TEMPERATURE (TFT)
(kilohms)
terminals 87 25C {77F} SENSOR INSPECTION
and 88 (wiring ATF [AW6A-EL])
harness-side). 0.22-0.27 Inspect related harness
88 TFT sensor temperature:
(kilohms)
r 11 0C {230F}
05-178-23
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Continuity/
Terminal Signal Connected to Test Condition Inspection item (s)
Resistance
Inspect Inspect TCC control
resistance solenoid
TCC control between couple ATF (See 05-178-20
TCC control 5.0-5.6
89 solenoid component temperature: SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid (ohms)
control terminals 89 20C {68F} INSPECTION [AW6A-
and 84 (wiring EL])
harness-side). Inspect related harness
810
Shift solenoid Inspect
Inspect shift solenoid C
C control GND resistance
(See 05-178-20
between couple ATF
Shift solenoid 5.0-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
component temperature:
811
Shift solenoid c terminals 811 20C {68F}
(ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
C control EL])
and 810 (wiring
harness-side). Inspect related harness
812
Input/turbine Inspect input/turbine
speed sensor(-) speed sensor
(See 05-178-16
Input/turbine Inspect for continuity between
INPUTffUR81NE
couple component terminals 812 Continuity
Input/turbine speed sensor SPEED SENSOR
813 and 813 (wiring harness-side).
speed sensor (+) INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL])
Inspect related harness
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid E
between couple (See 05-178-20
ATF
Shift solenoid component 5.0-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
814 Shift solenoid E temperature:
E control terminals (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
20C {68F}
814and 822 EL])
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid ~
between couple (See 05-178-20
ATF
Shift solenoid component 5.0-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
816 Shift solenoid F temperature:
F control GND terminals (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
20C {68F}
821and 816 EL])
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
817
Shift solenoid Inspect
D control resistance Inspect shift solenoid D
between couple (See 05-178-20
component ATF
Shift solenoid D 5.o-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
terminals temperature: (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
Shift solenoid 20C {68F}
818 817and 818 EL])
D control GND
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
819 Vehicle speed (-) vss Inspect VSS
(See 05-178-19
Inspect for continuity between VEHICLE SPEED
couple component terminals 819 Continuity SENSOR (VSS)
820 Vehicle speed(+) vss and 820 (wiring harness-side). INSPECTION [AW6A-
EL])
Inspect related harness
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoid F
between couple (See 05-178-20
Shift solenoid component ATF
821 Shift solenoid F 5.0-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
F control terminals temperature: (ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
821and 816 20C {68F} EL])
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
Inspect
resistance Inspect shift solenoidr,
between couple (See 05-178-20
Shift solenoid ATF
822 component 5.0-5.6 SOLENOID VALVE
E control GND Shift solenoid E terminals temperature:
(ohms) INSPECTION [AW6A-
814and 822 20C {68F} EL])
(wiring harness- Inspect related harness
side).
05-178-24
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL]
E6U05171 8901W02
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Caution
SELECTOR
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the CABLE
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
MANUAL
damaged.
SHAFT
LEVER
D6U517CW7010
/
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH
D6U517CW7011
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
TCM
TCM
D6U51 7CW7061
05-178-25
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Caution
Do not touch the terminals.
D6U517CW7062
D6U517CW7063
D6U517CW7012
Caution
Do not turn more than 60 from the
marking.
D6U517CW7013
05-178-26
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
12. Verify the correct positioning of the TCM and
coupler component.
! 3. Tighten the TCM mounting bolts.
Tightening torque
19.6-29.4 Nm {2.0-2.9 kgf.m, 14.5-21.6
ftlbf}
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
D6U517CW7014
damaged.
MANUAL
SHAFT
LEVER
TCM
D6U517CW7084
Tightening torque
9.8-14.7 Nm {100-142 kgfcm, 87-123
inlbf}
/
MANUAL SHAFT LEVER ADJUSTABLE WRENCH
D6U517CW7011
CLIP
A6E5614W018
05-178-27
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
19. Connect the selector cable and install the clip.
20. Connect the TCM connector. CLIP
21. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13C-2
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
SELECTOR ,
[AJ].) CABLE
22. Connect the negative battery cable.
MANUAL
Warning SHAFT
If you replace the ATX or TCM, be sure to LEVER
initialize the learned values and perform
neutral position learning.
D6U517CW7010
23. Perform the neutral position learning. (See 05-
17B-28 Neutral Position Learning.)
Caution
Inspect that the vehicle does not move before operation.
D6U517CW7013
Caution
The command cannot be input, unless
the ignition switch is ON, the selector DLC2
lever is in N position, the engine is
stopped, and the vehicle speed is 0 km/h.
{0 mph}
05-178-28
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
OIL SEAL (MANUAL SHAFT) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL]
E6U051700000W04
Caution
Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to allow water or foreign material on the connector when disconnecting.
Caution
Do not damage the transaxle case.
Do not damage the manual shaft.
Caution
Do not damage the oil seal.
D6U517CW7047
05-178-29
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL]
E6U051700000W05
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the battery and battery tray.
3. Remove the air cleaner component and air cleaner bracket. (See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOV!
INSTALLATION [AJ].) . I
9. Drain the ATF. (See 05-178-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
Caution
To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating, remove the transaxle without
tilting it toward the torque converter.
05-178-30
34-44
{3.5-4.4, 25-32}
66.6-93.1 -68.6}
{6.8-9.4,49.2
6
9--9.8 N-m
V1-99 kgf-cm,
62-a6 ln-lbf}
i
~~
I~
/r
1./~
~
' /8 19Im
85.3-116.6 2 9-85.9}
{8.7-11.8, 6 .
43.1-54.9
{4.4-5.5,
31.8-40.4}
I
37-52 8-38}
{3.8-5.3,2
E6U517BW5002
~~Clip
I. 2
~-===--
_Clip
I
Selector cable 37 Selector Cable Installation Note.)
05-17~8~-==-----~="- 'l 1
Cable brac~et
(See
05-178-3
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
5 GND harness 19 No.4 engine mount
6 TCM connector (See 05-17B-32 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
Removal Note.)
7 Wiring harness component (See 05-17B-36 No.4 Engine Mount Bracket
8 Wiring harness bracket Installation Note.) '
9 Wiring harness component, wiring harness bracket 20 Crossmember bracket
10 Transaxle mounting bolt (Upper side} 21 Crossmember
11 Oil hose (See 02-13-20 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
12 Lower arm (front, rear) ball joint REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 02-13-11 Front Lower Arm (Front) Ball Joint 22 Endplate cover
Removal Note.) 23 Torque converter installation nuts
13 Damper fork (right side} (See 05-17B-34 Torque Converter Nuts Removal
14 Tie-rod end ball joint Note.)
(See 06-12-13 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE (See 05-178-35 Torque Converter Nuts Installation
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].) Note.)
15 Stabilizer control link 24 Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
16 Drive shaft 25 Transaxle
(See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU (See 05-17B-34 Transaxle Removal Note.)
INSTALLATION [AJ] .) (See 05-17B-35 Transaxle Installation Note.)
17 Drive shaft, joint shaft 26 Oil filter tube, Dipstick, breather hose
(See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU (See 05-17B-35 Breather Hose Installation Note.)
INSTALLATION [AJ] .)
18 No.1 engine mount
(See 05-17B-36 No.1 Engine Mount Installation
Note.)
B6U2324W002
Tightening torque
10Q-125 Nm {10.2-12.7 kgf.m, 73.8-92.1
ftlbf}
E6U 5 1 5 BW550~t
05-178-32
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
4. Install the SST using the following procedure.
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
MAIN FRAME
REAR SHAFT
SLIDE BARS
) lJ FRONT SHAFT
w------
FRONT FOOT No.1
(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
:
FRONT FOOT No.2
(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
D6E110CW7001
Caution
When setting the SST on the right side,
make sure it doesn't interfere with the
ABSITCS HU/CM.
E6U515BW5501
05-178-33
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
5. Support the engine using the SST.
Note
The SST (49 E017 5AO) can be used in
place of the SST (49 C017 5AO).
D6U517CW7033
05-178-34
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Breather Hose Installation Note
1. Make sure the breather hose is inserted till the
position as shown in the figure.
- - Install the hose clamp with in the marked area.
HOSE CLAMP
TRANSAXLE
CASE
D6U517CW7095
Tightening torque
37-52 N-m {3.8-5.3 kgfm, 28-38 ftlbf}
D6U517CW7034
Caution
Loosely and equally tighten the torque
converter nuts, then further tighten them
to the specified tightening torque.
D6U517CW7031
Tightening torque
34-44 Nm {3.5-4.4 kgf.m, 25-32 ftlbf}
05-178-35
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
No.4 Engine Mount Bracket Installation Note
1. Verify that the No.4 engine mount bracket is
installed as shown in the figure.
2. Temporarily tighten bolt D.
GARAGE JACK
D6U517CW7036
Tightening torque
A, 8, C: 66.6-93.1 Nm {6.8-9.4 kgf.m,
49.2-68.6 ftlbf}
D: 85.3-116.6 Nm {8.7-11.8 kgf-m, 62.9-
85.9 ft-lbf}
Tightening torque
66.6-93.1 N-m {6.8-9.4 kgfm, 49.2-68.6
ft-lbf}
E6U517BW5004
05-178-36
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Selector Cable Installation Note
1. Install the selector lever to the manual shaft lever
so that no load acts on the selector cable.
UPWARD
Note
Install the selector lever to the manual shaft
t
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the oil seal.
5. Remove the drive shaft and joint shaft (See 03-13-5 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AJ].) (See
03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [AJ].)
Caution
Do not damage the transaxle case.
Do not damage the differential case.
Caution
Do not damage the oil seal.
05-178-37
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
8. Using the SST and a hammer, tap a new oil seal
so that the specified oil seal position is obtained.
9. Install the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-
5 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[AJ].) (See 03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].)
10. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-178-12
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT [AW6A-EL].)
11. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13C-2
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[AJ].)
12. Connect the negative cable.
13. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-
178-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-
EL].)
D6U517CW7097
Caution
The 0-ring is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the 0-ring.
1. Remove the drive shaft and joint shaft. (See 03-13-5 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].) (See
03-13-19 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].) 1
Caution
Do not damage the differential case.
Caution
Do not damage the 0-ring.
Do not damage the differential case.
05-178-38
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-EL]
E6U051721100W01
On-Vehicle Removal
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air.
Caution
Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents before removal.
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle during installation of the control valve body cover, trouble
may occur in the transaxle case and control valve body cover. Clean with cleaning fluid.
Caution
Do not damage the fitting surface of the
transaxle case and the control valve body
cover.
Do not deform the control valve body
cover.
D6U517CW7065
Caution
Be careful not to damage the solenoid
valves and connectors.
Do not pull the wiring harnesses when
removing the connector.
Note
Disconnect the solenoid connector
according to the following procedure:
D6U517CW7066
05-178-39
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
1. Insert a precision screwdriver from the
backside into the connector as shown in
the figure.
D6U517CW7092
Caution
Do not damage the solenoid valves and
connectors with the screwdriver.
When disconnecting connectors, grasp
the connectors, not the harnesses.
Otherwise, the harnesses may be pulled
out of the connector causing poor
contact.
D6U517CW7093
D6U517CW7067
14. Remove the lock plate, and pull out the TFT
sensor from the control valve body.
15. Remove the 0-ring from the TFT sensor.
Note
Be sure to secure the coupler component
with tape so that it will not interfere with the
control valve body component.
D6U517CW7068
05-178-40
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
16. Fix the coupler component with tape to the
transaxle case as shown in the figure.
17. Remove the VSS connector and input/turbine
- speed sensor connector from the solenoid clamp.
D6U517CW7070
Note
Be sure to secure the VSS and input/turbine speed sensor with tape so that they will not interfere with the
control valve body component.
05-178-41
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
19. Remove the suction cover and the gasket.
Caution
Evenly loosen the bolts a little at a time in
the order shown in the figure.
~ ~
~~
~
f4
,
I
I
D6U517CW7072
Caution
Do not drop the control valve body
component.
D6U517CW7073
05-178-42
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
On-Vehicle Installation
Caution
When installing the control valve body component, do not put the coupler component in the open
space of the separate plate in the control valve body component.
Do not pinch the coupler component between the separate plate and the control valve body
component.
Note
Aligning the bolt holes, temporarily tighten
the bolt by hand.
0 6U517CW7076
D6U517CW7072
05-178-43
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
4. Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
8-12 N-m {82-122 kgf.cm, 72-105 inlbf}
D6U517CW7077
D6U517CW7070
Caution
If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harnesses overlapped, the wiring
harnesses may be pinched between the cover and valve body causing the wiring harnesses to be
damaged. Therefore, verify that the wiring harnesses are not overlapped when installing the
control valve body cover.
D6U517CW7078
05-178-44
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
7. Install the TFT sensor with the lock plate and a
bolt to the control valve body component as
shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
8-12 N-m {82-122 kgf-cm, 72-105 inlbf}
D6U517CW7079
D6U517CW7067
Note
Completely remove oil with white gasoline or
similar.
11. Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control
valve body cover with the transaxle case.
D6U517CW7080
05-178-45
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
12. Apply sealant to the new control valve body cover
as shown in the figure.
Caution
Be careful that the coupler component
( ;
13. Install the new control valve body cover with new
seal bolts.
Tightening torque
9.8-15.7 Nm {100-160 kgf.cm, 87-138
inlbf}
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
Do not drop the torque converter.
Do not pinch fingers.
D6U517CW7044
05-178-46
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
5. Install the torque converter to the transaxle.
D6U517CW7044
Distance A
18 mm {0.709 in}
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the torque converter splines. Do not let the
splines contact the oil seal.
Do not drop the torque converter.
Do not pinch fingers.
2. Remove the torque converter. (See 05-178-46 TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AW6A-
EL].)
Caution
Do not to damage the bushing on the oil pump body.
D6U517CW7045
05-178-47
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
4. Using the SST and a hammer, install the oil seal
to the oil pump body.
5. Coat the lip of the oil seal with grease.
6. Install the torque converter. (See 05-17B-46
TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
7. Install the transaxle. (See 05-17B-30
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [AW6A-EL].)
8. Perform the mechanical system test. (See 05-
17B-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-
EL].)
D6U517CW7046
Caution
Power flushing should be performed very carefully when removing the accumulated debris from
the fluid baffle, otherwise the debris may not be removed or the problem may become even worse.
Note
The contaminated cooler line (oil pipes and hoses) and auxiliary cooler (if equipped) must be flushed
completely when the ATX is overhauled or replaced.
Performing back and reverse power flushing two times each does not work because debris or particles
flow out from the feed pipe side of the ATX.
Power Flushing
Repair procedure
1. Before power flushing, inspect the hoses/lines and clamps. Power flushing must begin with back flushing
followed by forward flushing to quickly dislodge the restriction. If back flushing is not performed before forward
flushing, the restriction could further reduce the ATF flow through the internal mesh type baffle of the cooler and
flushing will not be effective or possible.
Caution
Always use new clamps when replacing hoses.
Back flushing
1. Following the power flushing equipment
manufacturer's instructions, connect the
equipment so the flushing fluid flows in the
opposite direction of normal fluid flow.
2. Flush oil cooler/lines until discharge fluid is clean. ~
t ~IDOUT
Caution
If the cooler can not be properly flushed FLUSHING c::--..;
using recommended equipment, send the FLUID IN ---y
radiator out for subcontractor cleaning or
replace.
05-178-48
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Forward flushing
1. Connect power flushing equipment so the flushing
fluid flows in the direction of normal fluid flow.
Flush oil cooler/lines until discharge fluid is clean.
([l
t FLUSHING
~lOIN
FLUSHING c::--.J
FLUID OUT ""-f
2. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13C-21NTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].)
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Drain the ATF into a container. (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL].)
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
6. Remove the following parts.
(1) Hood (See 09-10-3 HOOD REMOVAUINSTALLATION [EXCEPT L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Front bumper (See 09-10-10 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Front combination light (See 09-18-8 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Front bumper reinforcement (See 09-10-13 FRONT BUMPER REINFORCEMENT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Shroud panel (See 09-10-17 SHROUD PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Cooler pipe stay (See 07-11-17 CONDENSER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3, AJ].)
(7) Cooling fan (See 01-12A-12 COOLING FAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3, AJ].)
(8) Engine coolant reserve hose
Remove in the order indicated in the table .
. Install in the reverse order of removal.
9. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-5 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3, AJ].)
10. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17B-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[AW6A-EL].)
11. Install the under cover.
12. Install the air cleaner component. (See 01-13C-2 INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [AJ].)
13. Connect the negative battery cable.
14. Inspect for oil leakage from the oil pipes and oil hoses.
15. Inspect for coolant from the hoses.
16. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-7 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3, AJ].)
17. Inspect the ATF level and condition. (See 05-17B-11 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION
[AW6A-EL].)
18. Perform the line pressure test. (See 05-17B-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [AW6A-EL].)
05-178-49
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
19.6-29.4
{2.D-2.9,
14.5-21.6}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
D6U5 17CW7053
Note
Flushing must be performed after installation of an overhauled or replaced transaxle.
05-178-50
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Oil Pipe, Hose Clamp, Oil Hose Installation Note
1. Apply compressed air to the cooler-side opening,
and blow any remaining grime and foreign
material from the cooler pipes. Compressed air
should be applied for no less than 1 min.
A6E5614W070
2. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown in the figure. OILPIPE~
~
Note MARK
If reusing the hose, install the new hose
clamp exactly on the mark left by the
previous hose camp. Then apply force to the
hose clamp in the direction of the arrow in OIL HOSE
order to fit the clamp in place.
3. Install the new hose clamp onto the hose. OIL HOSE
4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with
E6U517BW5101
any other components.
05-178-51,
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
OIL COOLER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [AW6A-EL]
E6U05171 9900W03
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
lil3
------ -
~
I --C4) EJ
0.78-1.56
{S.Q-15.9, 7.Q-13.8}
J~----------------------~N---m~{k=gf-cm, inlbf}
8 6U0517W01 8
05-178-52
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Radiator Outer Tank (In Tank Oil Cooler) Removal Note
1. Inspect the height of the header tabs. .----------------------,
2. Insert the end of a medium tip screwdriver ADIATOR
- .between the end of the header tab and the outer LOWER
tank. TANK
Note
Do not open more tabs than necessary for HEADER TAB
tank removal. J<--'---t--n EIGHT
0-RING
A6E5614W073
Note
If any header tabs are missing from the core,
replace the radiator.
Note
Step 3 will set jaw opening to the correct
specification.
A6E5614W075
A6E5614W093
05-178-53
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
4. Squeeze the header tabs down in the order as
shown against the lip of the radiator outer tank
base with the locking-type pliers while rotating the
pliers toward the tank.
LOCKING TYPE
PLIERS
@ (j)
@
CD
A6E5614W076
HEADER TAB
\L-,L__j--HEIGHT
0-RING
A6E5614W073
2
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
D6U517CW7055
05-178-54
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Drive Plate Mounting Bolts Removal Note
1. Set the SST or equivalent against the drive plate.
2. Remove the bolts and the drive plate.
D6U517CW7056
1.
2.
3.
Caution
Clean the crankshaft threads before tightening the bolts. The threads may be damaged if the bolts
are tightened with any old sealant remaining.
Tightening torque
73-87 Nm {7.4-8.9 kgfm, 54-64 ftlbf}
05-178-55
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
D6U518ZW7001
SHIFT-LOCK INSPECTION
E6U051830000W01
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
3. Verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position without depressing the brake pedal.
4. Depress the brake pedal and verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the interlock cable.
(See 05-18-2 INTERLOCK CABLE INSPECTION.)
C6U0518W001
BH E0514 W009
05-18-2
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
INTERLOCK CABLE ADJUSTMENT
E6U051809000W03
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (Engine off)
_2. Pull up the lock piece of the interlock cable to .---------------------,
release the lock.
C6U0518W001
then remove the interlock cable from the U-
groove.
4. Remove the interlock cable from the selector
lever.
5. Remove the lock unit from the bracket.
B6U0518W004
INTERLOCK CABLE
D6E518ZW2006
05-18-3
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
8. Insert the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or similar
LOCK UNIT
into hole A with the slider pin fully pushed in.
D6E518ZW5003
INTERLOCK CABLE
l
CHU0514W010
Caution
Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable
D6E518ZW5003
adjustment is completed.
14. Install the lock unit to the bracket. (See 05-18-12 Interlock Cable Installation Note.)
15. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify that it slides freely.
16. Verify that the slider pin contacts the brake pedal .-----------------------,
stopper rubber and rotate the slider pin to lock.
MARKING
D6E518ZW5004
05-18-4
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
17. Install the interlock cable end to the interlock link
on the selector lever.
C6U0518W001
19. Press the interlock cable lock piece in until it is
locked.
LOCK PIECE
Caution
Applying a load to the interlock cable
while pressing the lock piece in can
affect the lock unit operation.
INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK
A6E5616W012
05-18-5
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION
E6U051 846102W01
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (engine OFF)
2. With the brake pedal depressed, verify that there ~t===~-~===::----------:1
~
is a "click" at each range when shifted.
3. Verify that the selector lever can be shifted.
~t
4. Verify that there is a "click" at each position when . . . . OPERATION WHEN
shifted from P position to M range. BRAKE PEDAL IS
DEPRESSED
OPERATION WHEN
BRAKE PEDAL IS
RELEASED
B6U051 8W008
E6U517BW5003
05-18-6
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT
E6U051846102W03
1. Remove the center console.
-2. Shift the selector lever to P position .
Unlock the lock piece of the selector cable
(selector lever side) in the order shown in the
figure.
4. Verify that the manual shaft is in P position.
LOCK PIECE
C6U05 1BW003
A6E5616W 004
05-18-7
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
3. Remove in the order shown in the figure.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5 ~
I
6.86-9.8 Nm
{70.G-99.9 kgf-cm, .._,=--=
60.8-86.7 in-lbf}
FSSA-EL AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE MODELS
'"" I
~
0
AW6A-EL AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE MODELS
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
E6U516ZW5001
05-18-8
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
Selector Cable Removal Note
1. Remove the clip.
2. Remove the selector cable.
- ..... SA-EL automatic transaxle models
C6U051BW1 01
AW6A-EL automatic transaxle models
CLIP
MANUAL
SELECTOR
CABLE
SHAFT
LEVER
D6U51 7CW7010
SELECTOR CABLE
A6E5616W020
Note
Steps 3 and 4 are for the selector cable
replacement only.
SELECTOR CABLE
D6U518ZW7005
05-18-9
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
4. Lock the lock piece of the selector cable (selector
lever side) in the order shown in the figure.
5. Verify that the manual shaft is in the P position.
A6E5616W004
Caution
Bending the selector cable in the manner
shown in the figure will damage the cable
and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it
straight.
A6E5616W007
Note
Install the selector lever to the manual shaft
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing the front of the vehicle.
CLIP
A6E5614W018
FRONT OF
THE VEHICLE . .
B6U0518W013
05-18-10
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
Selector Cable Installation Note (AW6A-EL automatic transaxle models)
1. Install the selector cable to the selector lever .-------------------------,
securely.
SELECTOR CABLE
A6E5616W020
Note CLIP
Steps 3 and 4 are for the selector cable
replacement only.
B6U0518W007
A6 E5616W004
Caution
Bending the selector cable in the manner
shown in the figure will damage the cable
and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it
straight.
A6 E5616W007
05-18-11
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
6. Install the clip as shown in the figure.
Note
Install the selector lever to the manual shaft
lever with the clip side of the selector cable
end facing up.
CLIP
A6E5614W018
INTERLOCK CABLE
, D6E518ZW2006
05-18-12
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
3. Verify that the marking on the slider pin is
positioned as shown in the figure.
D6E51 BZW5003
INTERLOCK CABLE
l
CHU0514W010
Caution
Do not connect the brake switch
connector until the interlock cable is
D6E51BZW5003
installed.
05-18-13
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
10. With the slider pin pressed, slide the lock unit to
fix the lock unit hook into the bracket hole
securely as shown in the figure.
Caution
Allowing the interlock cable to be bent or
twisted during installation can affect the
lock unit operation.
11. Rotate the slider pin to release the lock and verify
that it slides freely.
D6E518ZW5004
C6U0518W001
INTERLOCK CABLE
UNLOCK LOCK
A6E5616W012
05-18-14
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
17. Remove the a 1.5mm {0.059 in} round bar or
LOCK UNIT
similar from the lock unit holes A, B, and C.
18. Connect the brake switch connector with the
brake pedal released.
Caution
The clearance between the brake switch
and the brake pedal is automatically
adjusted to the correct amount when the
brake switch connector is connected
after the brake switch has been properly
installed. If the brake switch is not
D6E518ZW5003
properly installed or the connector is
connected before installation, the
clearance may be incorrect, causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the
brake switch is properly installed before connecting the connector.
Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again.
Therefore, replace the switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or
performing any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.
CLIP
A6E5616W014
05-18-15
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
SELECTOR LEVER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
E6U0518461 02W05
1. Disassemble in the order shown in the figure.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
D6U518ZW7004
05-18-16
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
E6U055000000W01
CLUTCH
Item Specification
Specified fluid SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
Clutch pedal height (Reference Value) 210-216 mm {8.27-8.50 in}
Clutch pedal free play 1.0-3.0 mm {0.04-0.11 in}
Clutch pedal push rod free play 0.1-0.5 mm {0.004-0.020 in} (Reference value)
Clutch pedal disengagement stroke Minimum: 20 mm {0.79 in} (Reference value)
Clutch pedal stroke 140 mm {5.51 in} (Reference value)
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum
0.6 mm {0.024 in} max.
depth [G35M-R, A65M-R]
Maximum clearance of flatness of the pressure plate
0.3 mm {0.012 in} max.
[G35M-R, A65M-R]
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum
0.6 mm {0.024 in} max.
misalignment [G35M-R , A65M-R]
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum
0.6 mm {0.024 in}
depth [A26MX-R]
Maximum clearance of flatness of the pressure plate
0.3 mm {0.012 in}
[A26MX-R]
.Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum
1.0 mm {0.039 in}
>alignment [A26MX-R]
. nimum clutch disc thickness 0.3 mm {0.012 in}
Maximum clutch disc runout 0.7 mm {0.028 in}
Flywheel runout limit [G35M-R] 0.1 mm {0.004 in}
Flywheel runout limit [A65M-R] 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Dual-mass flywheel maximum runout 1.5 mm {0.059 in}
MANUALTRANSAXLE
Item Specification
Specified oil grade: API Service GL-4 or GL-5
Specified oil viscosity (All-season): SAE 75W-90
Manual transaxle oil [G35M-R]
Specified oil viscosity (Above 10 oc {50 F}): SAE 80W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 2.87 L {3.03 US qt, 2.53 Imp qt}
Specified oil grade: API Service GL-4 or GL-5
Manual transaxle oil [A65M-R] Specified oil viscosity: SAE 75W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 2.3 L {2.4 US qt, 2.0 Imp qt}
Specified oil grade: API Service GL-4 or GL-5
Manual transaxle oil [A26MX-R] Specified oil viscosity: SAE 75W-90
Capacity (approximate quantity): 2.55 L {2.69 US qt, 2.24 Imp qt}
05-50-2
2006 Mazda6 MAZDASPEED6 Workshop Manual (1858-1U-05H)
TECHNICAL DATA
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [AW6A-EL]
Engine
I Item
AJ
tomatic transaxle type AW6A-EL
Type JWS3309
ATF Capacity (Approx. quantity)
7.0 {7.4, 6.2}
(L {US qt, Imp qt})
Line pressure D, M range IIdle 372-432 {3.8-4.4, 54-62}
(kPa {kgf/cm 2
psi}) R position
, I
Idle 58Q-670 {6.Q-6.8, 85-97}
Engine stall D, M range
(rpm) 2,480
speed R position
N position~ D range 1 or less
Time lag (s)
N position~ R position 1.5 or less
Transaxle fluid temperature (TFT) ATF temperature: 10 oc {50 F} 5.62-7.31
sensor ATF temperature: 25 oc {77 F} 3.5
(kilohm) ATF temperature: 110 oc {230 F} 0.22-0.27
Input/turbine speed sensor
Signal
IHigh 12.Q-16.0
(rnA) ILow 4.0-8.0
Shift solenoid A 11-15
Shift solenoid B 11-15
Shift solenoid C 5.0-5.6
ATF Shift solenoid D 5.0-5.6
Solenoid valves (ohm) temperature: Shift solenoid E 5.0-5.6
20 oc {68 F}
Shift solenoid F 5.0-5.6
TCC control solenoid 5.0-5.6
Line pressure control
5.0-5.6
solenoid
TRANSMISSIONfTRANSAXLE SST
E6U056000000W01
1: Mazda SST number
2: Global SST number
Example
1:49 UN30 3009
2:303-009
Crankshaft
damper
remover
* :The SST (49 E017 5AO) can be used in place of the SST (49 C017 5AO).